DENON

AVR-X3000 - Receiver DENON - Free user manual and instructions

Find the device manual for free AVR-X3000 DENON in PDF.

📄 235 pages English EN Download 💬 AI Question
Notice DENON AVR-X3000 - page 2
Pick your language and provide your email: we'll send you a specifically translated version.

User questions about AVR-X3000 DENON

0 question about this device. Answer the ones you know or ask your own.

Ask a new question about this device

The email remains private: it is only used to notify you if someone responds to your question.

No questions yet. Be the first to ask one.

Download the instructions for your Receiver in PDF format for free! Find your manual AVR-X3000 - DENON and take your electronic device back in hand. On this page are published all the documents necessary for the use of your device. AVR-X3000 by DENON.

USER MANUAL AVR-X3000 DENON

You can print more than one page of a PDF onto a single sheet of paper.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

DENON AVR-X3000 - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - 3

Contents

TipsSettingsPlaybackApplications

Contents

Accessories 6

Inserting the batteries 7

Operating range of the remote control unit 7

Features 8

High quality sound....8

High performance 8

Easy operation....9

Part names and functions

Front panel 10

Display 13

Rear panel 15

Remote control unit 18

Connections

Speaker connection 21

Speaker installation 21

Speaker connection....24

Connecting a TV 30

Connection 1 : TV equipped with an HDMI connector

and compatible with the ARC (Audio Return Channel) 31

Connection 2 : TV equipped with an HDMI connector....32

Connecting a playback device 33

Connecting a set-top box (Satellite tuner/cable TV) 34

Connecting a DVD player 35

Connecting a video camcorder or other device....36

Connecting an iPod or USB memory device

to the USB port 37

Connecting an FM/AM antenna 39

Connecting to a home network (LAN) 41

Connecting an external control device 43

REMOTE CONTROL jacks 43

TRIGGER OUT jack 43

Connecting the power cord 44

Playback

Basic operation 46

Turning the power on 46

Selecting the input source 46

Adjusting the master volume 47

Turning off the sound temporarily 47

Playing a DVD player/Blu-ray Disc player 47

Playing an iPod....48

Listening to music on an iPod 49

Setting operation mode (iPod Browse Mode) 50

Performing repeat playback (Repeat) 51

Performing random playback (Random) 51

Playing a USB memory device 52

Playing files stored on USB memory devices 53

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Playback - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Playback - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Playback - 3

Contents

TipsSettingsPlaybackApplications

Listening to FM/AM broadcasts 55

Listening to FM/AM broadcasts 56

Tuning in by entering the radio frequency (Direct Tune) 57

Changing the tuning mode (Tune Mode) 58

Listening to preset stations....58

Presetting the current broadcast station (Preset Memory)....59

Tuning in to radio stations and presetting them automatically

(Auto Preset Memory)60

Specify a name for the preset broadcast station (Preset Name) ... 60

Skipping preset broadcast stations (Preset Skip) 61

Cancelling preset skip 61

Listening to Internet Radio 62

Listening to Internet Radio 63

Playing the last played Internet Radio station 64

Using vTuner to add Internet Radio stations to favorites....65

Playing back files stored on a PC and NAS....66

Applying media sharing settings 67

Playing back files stored on a PC and NAS 68

Viewing photographs on the Flickr site 70

Viewing photographs shared by particular users 71

Viewing all photographs on Flickr....72

Listening to Pandora® 74

Listening to Pandora 75

Creating a new station 76

Listening to an existing station 78

Listening to created radio stations at random....78

Giving Feedback and Managing Stations 79

Sign Out 80

Listening to SiriusXM Internet Radio 81

Listening to SiriusXM Internet Radio 81

Sign Out 83

Listening to Spotify 84

Listening to Spotify 84

Adding to the FAVORITE STATION button 88

Playing back content added to the FAVORITE STATION button....89

AirPlay function 90

Streaming music stored in iPhone, iPod touch,

or iPad directly to the unit 90

Playing iTunes music with this unit....91

Selecting multiple speakers (devices) 91

Perform iTunes playback operations

with the remote control unit of this unit 92

Convenience functions 93

Performing repeat playback (Repeat) 94

Performing random playback (Random) 94

Add to favorites from the Option menu (Save to Favorites) ...... 95

Playing back content added in "Save to Favorites" 95

Deleting content added to favorites (Remove from Favorites) ..... 96

Searching content with keywords (Text Search) 96

Playing back music and a favorite picture at the same time

(Slideshow)......97

Playing back still pictures in sequential order

(Slideshow Interval) 98

Displaying your desired video during audio playback

(Video Select) 98

Adjusting the picture quality for your viewing environment

(Picture Mode) 99

Playing music in All Zone Stereo 100

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Convenience functions 93 - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Convenience functions 93 - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Convenience functions 93 - 3

Contents

TipsSettingsPlaybackApplications

Selecting a sound mode....101

Selecting a sound mode....102

Direct playback 103

Pure Direct playback 103

HDMI control function 113

Setting procedure....113

InstaPrevue function 114

Switching input sources....115

Setting how to display sub screens 115

Changing the display location of sub screens 115

Sleep timer function 116

Using the sleep timer....116

Quick select function 117

Calling up the Quick Select 117

Changing the settings 117

Web control function 118

Controlling the unit from a web control 118

Playback in ZONE2 (Separate room) 120

Connecting ZONE2 120

Playback in ZONE2....122

Settings

Menu map 124

Menu operation....131

Inputting characters 132

Keyboard screen 132

Audio 133

Dialog Level 133

Subwoofer Level 133

Surround Parameter 134

Tone 137

Restorer 137

Audio Delay 138

Volume 138

Audyssey....139

Graphic EQ 142

Video 143

Picture Adjust....143

HDMI Setup 144

Output Settings 146

On Screen Display....148

TV Format 148

Inputs 149

Input Assign 149

Source Rename 151

Hide Sources 151

Source Level 151

Input Select 152

Speakers 153

Audyssey® Setup 153

Procedure for speaker settings (Audyssey® Setup)....155

Error messages 160

Retrieving Audyssey ^® Setup settings....161

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

4

DENON AVR-X3000 - Settings - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Settings - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Settings - 3

Contents

TipsSettingsPlaybackApplications

Manual Setup 162

Amp Assign....162

Speaker Config. 163

Distances 165

Levels 165

Crossovers 166

Bass 167

Front Speaker Setup 167

Network 168

Information 168

IP Control 168

Friendly Name 168

Settings 169

Diagnostics....170

Maintenance Mode 171

General 172

Language 172

ZONE2 Setup 172

Zone Rename 174

Quick Select Names 174

Trigger Out 174

Auto Standby 175

Front Display 175

Information 175

Usage Data....177

Firmware 177

Setup Lock 179

Specifying the zone used with the remote control unit 180

Tips

Contents 181

Tips....182

Troubleshooting 184

Resetting factory settings....197

Appendix

About HDMI 198

Video conversion function 201

Playing back USB memory devices 203

Playing back files stored on PC or NAS 204

Playing back Internet Radio 205

Personal memory plus function 205

Last function memory 205

Sound modes and channel output 206

Sound modes and surround parameters 207

Types of input signals, and corresponding sound modes……210

Explanation of terms 213

Trademark information 220

Specifications 222

Index 224

License 227

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

5

DENON AVR-X3000 - Appendix - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Appendix - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Appendix - 3

Contents

TipsSettingsPlaybackApplications

Thank you for purchasing this Denon product. To ensure proper operation, please read this owner's manual carefully before using the product. After reading this manual, be sure to keep it for future reference.

Accessories

Check that the following parts are supplied with the product.

① Getting Started

DENON AVR-X3000 - Accessories - 1

② CD-ROM (Owner's Manual)

DENON AVR-X3000 - Accessories - 2

③ Safety Instructions

DENON AVR-X3000 - Accessories - 3

④ Warranty (for North America model only)

DENON AVR-X3000 - Accessories - 4

⑤ Power cord

DENON AVR-X3000 - Accessories - 5

⑥ Remote control unit (RC-1184)

DENON AVR-X3000 - Accessories - 6

⑦ R03/AAA batteries

DENON AVR-X3000 - Accessories - 7

⑧ AM loop antenna

DENON AVR-X3000 - Accessories - 8

⑨ FM indoor antenna ⑩ Setup and measurement microphone (ACM1HB)

DENON AVR-X3000 - Accessories - 9

DENON AVR-X3000 - Accessories - 10

⑪ Cable label

DENON AVR-X3000 - Accessories - 11

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

6

DENON AVR-X3000 - 6 - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - 6 - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - 6 - 3

Inserting the batteries

① Remove the rear lid in the direction of the arrow and remove it.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Inserting the batteries - 1

② Load the two batteries properly as indicated by the and marks in the battery compartment.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Inserting the batteries - 2

text_image R03/AAA

③ Put the rear cover back on.

NOTE

  • When inserting the batteries, be sure to do so in the proper direction, following the and marks in the battery compartment.
    • To prevent damage or leakage of battery fluid:
  • Do not use a new battery together with an old one.
  • Do not use two different types of batteries.
  • Remove the batteries from the remote control unit if it will not be in use for long periods.
  • If the battery fluid should leak, carefully wipe the fluid off the inside of the battery compartment and insert new batteries.

Operating range of the remote control unit

Point the remote control unit at the remote sensor when operating it.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Operating range of the remote control unit - 1

text_image Approx. 23 ft/7 m 30°30°

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

7

DENON AVR-X3000 - Operating range of the remote control unit - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Operating range of the remote control unit - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Operating range of the remote control unit - 4

Contents

TipsSettingsPlaybackApplications

Features

High quality sound

- With discrete circuit technology, the power amplifier provides identical quality for all 7-channels (135 Watts x 7-channels)

For optimum realism and stunning dynamic range, the power amplifier section features discrete power devices (not integrated circuitry).

By using high current, high power discrete power devices, the amplifier is able to easily drive high quality speakers.

This unit is equipped with Audyssey DSX ^® processor. By connecting front height speakers to this unit and playing back with Audyssey DSX ^® processing you can experience a more vertically expansive front soundstage. By connecting two front wide speakers, you can experience a wider and more expanded front soundstage.

This technology enables the playback of 2-channel source audio or 7.1/5.1 multi-channel source audio through a maximum 7.1-channel speakers, achieving an even broader soundstage.

High performance

- Digital video processor upscales analog video signals (SD resolution) to HD (720p/1080p) and 4K (page 198)

This unit features a sophisticated video processor that can upscale standard definition (SD) analog video content from legacy sources such as a VCR to HD and is able to output at 4K Ultra HD resolution (3840 x 2160 pixels) for compatibility with newly available high resolution 4K TVs.

• Equipped with HDMI ZONE2 output (page 120)

The ZONE2 multi-room output includes an HDMI output that lets you enjoy a different A/V source in that room, with another program playing in the main room.

- Supports Internet Radio, music, and photograph streaming Supports AirPlay® (page 90)

You can enjoy a wide variety of content, including listening to Internet Radio, playing audio files stored on your PC, and displaying photographs stored on your PC on our television.

This unit also supports Apple AirPlay which lets you stream your music library from an iPhone ^® , iPad ^® , iPod touch ^® or iTunes ^® .

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

8

DENON AVR-X3000 - High performance - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - High performance - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - High performance - 3

Contents

TipsSettingsPlaybackApplications

- Compatible with "Denon Remote App" for performing basic operations of the unit with an iPad, iPhone* or Android smartphone

“Denon Remote App” is application software that allows you to perform basic operations with an iPad, iPhone, Android smartphone or Android tablet such as turning the unit ON/OFF, controlling the volume, and switching the source.

* Download the appropriate "Denon Remote App" for iOS and Android devices. This unit needs to be connected to your LAN and the iPhone/iPod touch or other device needs to be connected to the same network by Wi-Fi (wireless LAN).

- HDMI connections enable quick connection to various digital AV devices (7 inputs, 2 outputs)

The unit is equipped with 7 HDMI input connectors for connecting devices with HDMI connectors, such as a Blu-ray Disc player, game console, HD digital camcorder, HDTVs, etc.

- Supports HDMI (3D, ARC, Deep Color, "x.v.Color", Auto Lip Sync, 4K) and HDMI control function (page 198)

Advanced HDMI features are supported, including 3D passthrough, Audio Return Channel, Auto Lip Sync, Deep Color and "x.v.Color", and HDMI CEC control functions. If a 4K digital video signal is input, it is passed through the unit unchanged, and the GUI overlay will adjust the resolution accordingly.

- Direct play for iPod and iPhone via USB (page 37)

Music data from an iPod or iPhone can be played back if you connect the USB cable supplied with the iPod via the USB port of this unit, and also an iPod can be controlled with the remote control that comes with this unit.

- Multi-Room audio

Enjoy the same music in your home theater and another room at the same time (1 page 100).

- InstaPrevue Technology (page 114)

Live picture-in-picture preview of HDMI sources that are connected to the unit.

Easy operation

- "Setup Assistant" provides easy-to-follow setup instructions

First select the language when prompted. Then simply follow the instructions displayed on the TV screen to set up the speakers, network, etc.

- Easy to use Graphical User Interface

This unit is equipped with an easy to see Graphical User Interface that uses menu displays and features colorful icons and easy to understand controls for maximum ease of use.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

9

DENON AVR-X3000 - Easy operation - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Easy operation - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Easy operation - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Easy operation - 4

text_image Contents TipsSettingsPlayback Applications Part names and functions

Front panel
DENON AVR-X3000 - Easy operation - 5

text_image DENON SOURCE SELECT -00.0 -00.0m MASTER VOLUME 1 TUNES PICKER 5# + ZONE2 DIN/REF ZONE3 NO./INS DIMMER STATUS 1 CEL/SAT 2 Blu-ray 3 GAME 4 NETWORK 11 12 13 14 15 16 CHECK SELECT PHONES AUX - HDMI SVIA = SETUP MID IN Command SERIES INTEGRATED NETWORK AV RECEIVER AVR-X3000 4 5 6 3 1 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Easy operation - 6

text_image Front panel Dis Rear panel IndexF 10

DENON AVR-X3000 - Easy operation - 7

text_image 10 DENON 9 8 7 INComcast 11 1 2 3 4 5 6

① Power operation button (⏻)

This turns the power of MAIN ZONE on/off (standby) (page 46).

② Power indicator

This is lit as follows according to the power status:

  • Power on : Green
    • Normal standby : Off
  • When "HDMI Pass Through" (page 145) or "HDMI Control" (page 145) is set to "On": Red
  • When "IP Control" (page 168) is set to "Always On": Red

③ Headphones jack (PHONES)

When the headphones are plugged into this jack, audio will no longer be output from the connected speakers.

NOTE

- To prevent hearing loss, do not raise the volume level excessively when using headphones.

4 AUX-HDMI connector

Used to connect devices such as video cameras and game consoles (page 36).

⑤ USB port

Used to connect USB storages (such as USB memory devices) and the USB cable supplied with iPod (page 37).

6 SETUP MIC jack

Used to connect the supplied Setup and measurement microphone (page 156).

⑦ MASTER VOLUME knob

This adjusts the volume level (page 47).

⑧ Display

This displays various pieces of information (1 page 13).

⑨ Remote control sensor

This receives signals from the remote control unit (page 7).

⑩ SOURCE SELECT knob

This selects the input source (1 page 46).

⑪ Tuner preset channel buttons (TUNER PRESET CH +, -)

These select preset FM/AM radio stations (page 58).

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

DENON AVR-X3000 - te - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - te - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - te - 3

Contents

TipsSettingsPlaybackApplications

DENON AVR-X3000 - te - 4

text_image DENOR INCommand 12 13 14 15 16 INCommand

⑫ ZONE2 ON/OFF button

This turns the power of ZONE2 on/off (page 122).

⑬ ZONE2 SOURCE button

This selects the input source for ZONE2 (page 122).

14 DIMMER button

Each press of this switches the brightness of the display (page 175).

15 STATUS button

Each press of this switches the status information that is shown on the display (page 50).

16 QUICK SELECT buttons

With a single press of any of these buttons, you can call up various settings you've registered to each button such as the input source, volume level and sound mode settings (page 117).

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

12

DENON AVR-X3000 - te - 5

DENON AVR-X3000 - te - 6

DENON AVR-X3000 - te - 7

DENON AVR-X3000 - te - 8

flowchart
graph LR
    A["Contents"] --> B["TipsSettingsPlayback"]
    B --> C["Operations"]

Display

DENON AVR-X3000 - Display - 1

text_image AUTO HDMI DIGITAL ANALOG S.BACK 10 dts AUDYSSEY TUNED STEREO SLEEP -110.8 dB MUTE PCM Z2 DIG. ANA. ①② 3

① Information display

The input source name, sound mode, setting values and other information are displayed here.

② Input signal indicators

③ MULTI ZONE indicators

This lights up when ZONE2 (separate room) power is turned on (page 122).

④ MUTE indicator

This lights when the audio mute mode is selected (page 47).

⑤ Master volume indicator

6 Circle indicator

Circle indicator is displayed when the input source is "NETWORK" or "iPod/USB" when you are playing back music.

⑦ Sleep timer indicator

This lights when the sleep mode is selected (page 116).

⑧ Tuner reception mode indicators

These light according to the reception conditions when the input source is set to "TUNER".

STEREO : In FM mode, this lights up when receiving stereo broadcasts. TUNED : Lights up when the broadcast is properly tuned in.

⑨ Audyssey® indicator

This indicator lights when the "MultEO® XT" (page 139), "Dynamic EQ" (page 139) or "Dynamic Volume" (page 140) setting is set to other than "Off" and "Audyssey DSX®" (page 141) setting is set to other than "Off".

DENON AVR-X3000 - Display - 2

Rear panel Index

te

13

DENON AVR-X3000 - Display - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Display - 4

DENON AVR-X3000 - Display - 5

DENON AVR-X3000 - Display - 6

flowchart
graph LR
    A["Contents"] --> B["TipsSettingsPlayback Operations"]
    B --> C["End"]

DENON AVR-X3000 - Display - 7

text_image 101112 AUTO HDMI DIGITAL ANALOG S-Back 11 dts AUDYSSEY TUNED STEREO SLEEP -00.8 MUTE DCM 27 DIG ANA

⑩ Decoder indicator

These light when Dolby or DTS signals are input or when the Dolby or DTS decoder is running.

⑪ Surround back indicator

This lights when audio signals are being output from the surround back speakers (1 page 164).

⑫ Input mode indicators

Set the audio input modes for the different input sources (page 152).

DENON AVR-X3000 - ⑫ Input mode indicators - 1

Rear panel Index

te

14

DENON AVR-X3000 - ⑫ Input mode indicators - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ⑫ Input mode indicators - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - ⑫ Input mode indicators - 4

DENON AVR-X3000 - ⑫ Input mode indicators - 5

flowchart
graph LR
    A["Contents"] --> B["Processing"]
    B --> C["TipsSettingsPlayback"]
    C --> D["Applications"]

Rear panel

DENON AVR-X3000 - ⑫ Input mode indicators - 6

text_image 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 NETWORK DIGITAL AUDIO IN (ASSIGNABLE) TRIGGER OUT RS-232C REMOTE CONTROL DC32V I/O/NA MAX STRAIGHT CABLE IN OUT 1 CBL/SAT 2 DVD 3 GHz ray 4 MSCI/PATH AUDIO V/(SIGNABLE) FRONT FRONT CENTER SURROUND SURROUND SURROUND BACK SURROUND BACK SPEAKERS IMPEDANCE: 6-15g CLASS 2 WORKING CAM ANTENNA AC IN VIDEO IN (ASSIGNABLE) COMPONENT VIDEO IN (ASSIGNABLE) 1 CBL/SAT 2 DVD 3 GHz ray 4 MSCI/PATH 2 DVD 3 BIU-RAY 4 MEDIA PLAYER 5 CD HDMI OUT ZONE2 MONITOR ARC PRE OUT ZONE2 SUBSUCEROIN SUBSUCEROIN PRE OUT ASSIGNABLE

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

15

DENON AVR-X3000 - ⑫ Input mode indicators - 7

DENON AVR-X3000 - ⑫ Input mode indicators - 8

DENON AVR-X3000 - ⑫ Input mode indicators - 9

Contents

TipsSettingsPlaybackApplications

DENON AVR-X3000 - ⑫ Input mode indicators - 10

text_image Labeled diagram of a network equipment rack with numbered components and ports

① FM/AM antenna terminals (ANTENNA)

Used to connect FM and AM antennas (page 55).

② Speaker terminals (SPEAKERS)

Used to connect speakers (page 24).

③ PRE OUT connectors

Used to connect a subwoofer with a built-in amplifier (page 25, 121).

④ AC inlet (AC IN)

Used to connect the power cord (page 44).

⑤ Component video connectors (COMPONENT VIDEO)

Used to connect devices equipped with component video connectors (1 page 34, 35).

6 HDMI connectors

Used to connect devices equipped with HDMI connectors (page 31, 32, 36).

⑦ Video connectors (VIDEO)

Used to connect devices equipped with video connectors (page 34, 35).

8 REMOTE CONTROL jacks

Used to connect infrared receivers/transmitters in order to operate this unit and external devices from a different room (13 page 43).

9 Digital audio connectors (DIGITAL AUDIO)

Used to connect devices equipped with digital audio connectors ( page 34, 35).

⑩ Network connector (NETWORK)

Used to connect this unit to the network (page 41).

⑪ RS-232C connector

The RS-232C serial port is provided to allow compatibility with an external home automation controller. Consult the owner's manual of the home automation controller for more information about serial control of this unit. The serial port allows two-way control and status via an external home automation controller.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

16

DENON AVR-X3000 - ⑫ Input mode indicators - 11

DENON AVR-X3000 - ⑫ Input mode indicators - 12

DENON AVR-X3000 - ⑫ Input mode indicators - 13

Contents

TipsSettingsPlaybackApplications

13 12
DENON AVR-X3000 - ⑫ Input mode indicators - 14

text_image Diagram of a network equipment rack with labeled ports, switches, and connectors

⑫ TRIGGER OUT jack

Used to connect devices equipped with the trigger function (page 43).

⑬ Analog audio connectors (AUDIO)

Used to connect devices equipped with analog audio connectors (page 34, 35).

NOTE

- Do not touch the inner pins of the connectors on the rear panel. Electrostatic discharge may cause permanent damage to the unit.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

17

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 2

Remote control unit

DENON AVR-X3000 - Remote control unit - 1

text_image 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ZONION 50000000 MUN GND/SAT DVD Play-up GAME AUX Tuning P-40000 CD TUMBER R/WORKS TRIANDS WIN/SPRING 1 2 3 DataPrice CHE/FAEB MUTB WINS/SMR PUP OPTION BACK SETUP TUNG- TUNG- SOUND MODE MOVE MUSIC GAME PURE DENON BL-1184

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

① ZONE SELECT buttons (MAIN, ZONE2)

These switch the zone (MAIN ZONE, ZONE2) that is operated through the remote control unit (page 122, 131).

② Input source select buttons

These select the input source (page 46).

③ FAVORITE STATION buttons (1 - 3)

With a single press of these, you can call up registered radio stations and contents (page 88).

④ Channel/page search buttons (CH/PAGE ▲▼)

These select preset radio stations or switch pages (page 58).

⑤ MUTE button (×)

This mutes the output audio (page 47).

⑥ Information button (INFO)

This displays the status information on the TV screen (page 176).

⑦ Cursor buttons (△▽◀ ▷)

These select items (page 131).

⑧ BACK button

This returns to the previous screen (page 131).

⑨ System buttons

These perform playback related operations (page 48).

- Skip buttons (I◄◄, ►►I)

- Play/pause button (▶/III)

Tuning up / Tuning down buttons (TUNE +, -)

These operate the tuner (page 56).

18

DENON AVR-X3000 - Remote control unit - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Remote control unit - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Remote control unit - 4

DENON AVR-X3000 - Remote control unit - 5

text_image 20Hz/80Hz T RAN ON/OFF SIN ON/OFF DVD Play-in GAME AUX Power Power CD TUNER R/WN EXAVOP VOLUME 1 2 3 Input/VOUT VOLUME 14 15 16 17 18 TIME- Tuning+ Tuning+ Tuning- 10 SOUND MODE MOV MUSIC GAMES PULSE DENON RC-2184

Front panel Di

Rear panel Index

te

19

DENON AVR-X3000 - Remote control unit - 6

DENON AVR-X3000 - Remote control unit - 7

DENON AVR-X3000 - Remote control unit - 8

⑩ SOUND MODE buttons

These select the sound mode (page 101).

  • MOVIE button
  • MUSIC button
  • GAME button
  • PURE button

⑪ Remote control signal transmitter

This transmits signals from the remote control unit (page 7).

⑫ SLEEP button

This sets the sleep timer (page 116).

⑬ POWER button (⏻)

This turns the power on/off (page 46).

14 InstaPrevue button

This displays the InstaPrevue screen (page 114).

⑮ VOLUME buttons (▲▼)

These adjust the volume level (page 47).

16 OPTION button

This displays the option menu on the TV screen (page 93).

⑰ ENTER button

This determines the selection (page 131).

18 SETUP button

This displays the menu on the TV screen (page 131).

Contents

Connections

TipsSettingsPlaybackAppendix

Connections

Speaker connection (page 21)

Connecting a TV (page 30)

Connecting a playback device (page 33)

Connecting an iPod or USB memory device to the USB port (page 37)

Connecting an FM/AM antenna (page 39)

Connecting to a home network (LAN) (page 41)

Connecting an external control device (page 43)

Connecting the power cord (page 44)

NOTE

  • Do not plug in the power cord until all connections have been completed. However, when the "Setup Assistant" is running, follow the instructions in the "Setup Assistant" (page 7) screen for making connections. (During "Setup Assistant" operation, the input/output connectors do not conduct current.)
  • Do not bundle power cords together with connection cables. Doing so can result in noise.

■ Cables used for connections

Provide necessary cables according to the devices you want to connect.

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Cables used for connections - 1

text_image Speaker cable Subwoofer cable HDMI cable Component video cable Video cable Coaxial digital cable Optical cable Audio cable LAN cable

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

20

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Cables used for connections - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Cables used for connections - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Cables used for connections - 4

Speaker connection

Install speakers and connect them to this unit (page 21, 24).

Speaker installation

Determine the speaker system depending on the number of speakers you are using and install each speaker and subwoofer in the room. Here, we explain how to install the speakers using a typical example.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Speaker installation - 1

text_image FHLFHR FLFR FWLFWRSW1 SW2 C SLSR SBLSEBSBR

FL/FR : Place the FRONT left and right speakers an equal distance from the main listening position. The distance between each speaker and your TV should also be the same.

C : Place the CENTER speaker in between the front speakers and above or below your TV.

SL/SR : Place the SURROUND left and right speakers an equal distance to the left and right sides of the main listening position. If you don't have Surround Back speakers, move the surround speakers slightly behind your listening position.

SBL/SBR (SB) : Place the SURROUND BACK left and right speakers an equal distance from the main listening position and directly behind the main listening position. If you only have one Surround Back speaker, center it.

FHL/FHR : Place the FRONT HEIGHT left and right speakers just outside of the front left and right speakers. Mount them as close to the ceiling as possible and aim them towards the main listening position.

FWL/FWR : Place the FRONT WIDE left and right speakers outside of the front left and right speakers so that there is an equal distance between all front speakers.

SW: Place the SUBWOOFER at a convenient location near the front speakers. If you have two subwoofers, place them symmetrically across the front of your room.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

21

DENON AVR-X3000 - Speaker installation - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Speaker installation - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Speaker installation - 4

DENON AVR-X3000 - Speaker installation - 5

  • This unit is compatible with Audyssey DSX ^® (IC page 213), Dolby Pro Logic IIz (IC page 215) and DTS Neo:X (IC page 216) which offers an even wider and deeper surround sensation.
    When using Audyssey DSX ^® , install front wide speakers or front height speakers. When using Dolby Pro Logic IIz, install front height speakers.
  • Use the illustration below as a guide for how high each speaker should be installed. The height does not need to be exactly the same.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Speaker installation - 6

text_image Front height speaker • Point slightly downwards At least 3.3 ft/1 m *1 Front wide speaker *2 45° [Viewed from the side] Surround speaker 2 - 3 ft/ 60 - 90 cm Surround back speaker • Point slightly downwards

*1 Recommended for Dolby Pro Logic IIz
*2 Recommended for Audyssey DSX®

NOTE

- You cannot have audio output from the surround back speakers, front height speakers and front wide speakers simultaneously.

■ When 7.1/6.1-channel speakers are installed using surround back speakers

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ When 7.1/6.1-channel speakers are installed using surround back speakers - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["SL"] --> B["SBLSBR"]
    B --> C["SR"]
    C --> D["FLFR SW"]
    D --> E["C"]
    E --> F["*1"]
    F --> G["*2"]
    G --> H["*3"]
    H --> I["Listening position"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#cff,stroke:#333
    style F fill:#ffc,stroke:#333
    style G fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style H fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style I fill:#ffc,stroke:#333

*1 22° - 30°
*2 90°-110°
*3 135°-150°

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ When 7.1/6.1-channel speakers are installed using surround back speakers - 2

- When using a single surround back speaker, place it directly behind the listening position.

FL Front speaker (L) SBL Surround back speaker (L)
FR Front speaker (R) SBR Surround back speaker (R)
C Center speaker FHL Front height speaker (L)
SW Subwoofer FHR Front height speaker (R)
SL Surround speaker (L) FWL Front wide speaker (L)
SR Surround speaker (R) FWR Front wide speaker (R)

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

22

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ When 7.1/6.1-channel speakers are installed using surround back speakers - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ When 7.1/6.1-channel speakers are installed using surround back speakers - 4

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ When 7.1/6.1-channel speakers are installed using surround back speakers - 5

Contents

Connections

TipsSettingsPlaybackAppendix

■ When 7.1-channel speakers are installed using front height speakers

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ When 7.1-channel speakers are installed using front height speakers - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Speaker"] --> B["FL"]
    B --> C["SW"]
    C --> D["Central Device"]
    D --> E["FR"]
    E --> F["FHR"]
    F --> G["HL"]
    H["SL"] --> I["Central Device"]
    J["SR"] --> K["Central Device"]
    L["*1"] --> D
    M["*2"] --> D
    N["*3"] --> D

*1 22°-30°
*2 22°-45°
*3 90°-110°

■ When 7.1-channel speakers are installed using front wide speakers

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ When 7.1-channel speakers are installed using front wide speakers - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    FWL["FWL"] -->|*1| Center["Central Device"]
    SL["SL"] -->|*2| Center
    SR["SR"] -->|*3| Center
    FWL -->|*2| SW["SW"]
    SW --> C["C"]
    FR["FR"] -->|*3| Center
    FWR["FWR"] -->|*3| Center

*1 22° - 30°
*2 55°-60°
*3 90°-110°

■ When 5.1-channel speakers are installed

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ When 5.1-channel speakers are installed - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["FLFR"] --> B["SW"]
    B --> C["C"]
    D["SL"] --> E["SR"]
    F["*1"] --> G["*2"]
    G --> H["Central System"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style F fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style G fill:#f9f,stroke:#333

*1 22°-30°
*2 120°

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

23

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ When 5.1-channel speakers are installed - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ When 5.1-channel speakers are installed - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ When 5.1-channel speakers are installed - 4

Speaker connection

Here we connect the speakers in the room to this unit.

This section explains how to connect them using typical examples.

NOTE

  • Disconnect this unit's power plug from the power outlet before connecting the speakers. Also, turn off the subwoofer.
  • Connect so that the speaker cable core wires do not protrude from the speaker terminal. The protection circuit may be activated if the core wires touch the rear panel or if the + and - sides touch each other (1 page 218 "Protection circuit").
  • Never touch the speaker terminals while the power cord is connected. Doing so could result in electric shock. When the "Setup Assistant" is running, follow the instructions in the "Setup Assistant" screen for making connections. (Power is not supplied to the speaker terminals while the "Setup Assistant" is running.)
  • Use speakers with an impedance of 6 – 16 Ω/ohms.

■ Connecting the speaker cables

Carefully check the left (L) and right (R) channels and + (red) and - (black) polarities on the speakers being connected to this unit, and be sure to connect the channels and polarities correctly.

1 Peel off about 3/8 inch (10 mm) of sheathing from the tip of the speaker cable, then either twist the core wire tightly or terminate it.
2 Turn the speaker terminal counterclockwise to loosen it.
3 Insert the speaker cable's core wire to the hilt into the speaker terminal.
4 Turn the speaker terminal clockwise to tighten it.

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Connecting the speaker cables - 1

text_image Diagram illustrating four steps of a mechanical or electrical component rotation, showing sequential states with arrows indicating direction.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

24

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Connecting the speaker cables - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Connecting the speaker cables - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Connecting the speaker cables - 4

Contents

Connections

TipsSettingsPlaybackAppendix

■ Connecting the subwoofer

Use a subwoofer cable to connect the subwoofer.

Two subwoofers can be connected to this unit.

The same signal is output from each subwoofer terminal.

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Connecting the subwoofer - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["SW1"] --> B["PRE OUT"]
    C["SW2"] --> B
    B --> D["SW1/SPR1 SURVDER"]
    B --> E["SW2/SPR1 SURVDER"]
    D --> F["PRE OUT"]
    E --> G["PRE OUT"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#cfc,stroke:#333

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

25

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Connecting the subwoofer - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Connecting the subwoofer - 3

Contents

Connections

TipsSettingsPlaybackAppendix

■ About the speaker cable label (supplied) for channel identification

The channel display section for speaker terminals on the rear panel is color-coded for each channel to be identifiable.

Speaker terminals Color
FRONT L White
FRONT R
CENTER
SURROUND L Light blue
SURROUND R Blue
SURROUND BACK L Beige
SURROUND BACK R

Attach the speaker cable label for each channel to its speaker cable as shown in the diagram.

Then, make connection so that the color of the speaker terminal matches that of the speaker cable label.

[How to attach the speaker cable label]

Speaker This unit

DENON AVR-X3000 - [How to attach the speaker cable label] - 1

text_image Diagram showing cable routing between speaker and audio device with red arrows indicating cable movement

1

DENON AVR-X3000 - [How to attach the speaker cable label] - 2

natural_image Diagram showing connections between a speaker, audio jack, and CD (no text or symbols present)

2
DENON AVR-X3000 - [How to attach the speaker cable label] - 3

natural_image Diagram showing connections between a speaker, a CD, and an audio device (no text or symbols present)

3

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

26

DENON AVR-X3000 - [How to attach the speaker cable label] - 4

DENON AVR-X3000 - [How to attach the speaker cable label] - 5

DENON AVR-X3000 - [How to attach the speaker cable label] - 6

Contents

Connections

TipsSettingsPlaybackAppendix

■ Connecting 7.1-channel speakers using surround back speakers

The illustrations shows a connection example for performing 7.1-channel playback using surround back speakers.

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Connecting 7.1-channel speakers using surround back speakers - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["SW1"] --> B["FR"]
    B --> C["FL"]
    C --> D["C"]
    D --> E["SR"]
    E --> F["SL"]
    F --> G["SBR"]
    G --> H["SBL"]
    I["COMPONENT NUMBER"] --> J["1 CRL/SAT"]
    J --> K["2 2VD"]
    K --> L["2 2VD"]
    M["PRE OUT"] --> N["FRONT"]
    N --> O["FRONT"]
    O --> P["CENTER"]
    P --> Q["BURROUND"]
    Q --> R["BURROUND"]
    R --> S["BURROUND BACK"]
    S --> T["BURROUND BACK"]
    T --> U["SHROOMABLE"]
    U --> V["SBR"]
    V --> W["SBL"]

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Connecting 7.1-channel speakers using surround back speakers - 2

- When using this connection, also set "Assign Mode" in the menu to "Surround Back" (page 162).

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

27

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Connecting 7.1-channel speakers using surround back speakers - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Connecting 7.1-channel speakers using surround back speakers - 4

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Connecting 7.1-channel speakers using surround back speakers - 5

Contents

Connections

TipsSettingsPlaybackAppendix

■ About the front height, front wide or front B speaker connections

The speaker connected to the SURROUND BACK terminal differs depending on the mode selected for "Assign Mode" (page 162) in the menu.
- For how to connect the front, center, and surround speaker and the subwoofer to this unit, see "Connecting 7.1-channel speakers using surround back speakers" (page 27).

[Connecting the front height speaker] [Connecting the front wide speaker] [Connecting the front B speaker]
DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ About the front height, front wide or front B speaker connections - 1

text_image SURROUND BACK ASIGNABLE CLASS 2 HND HFRFHL

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ About the front height, front wide or front B speaker connections - 2

text_image SURROUND BACK (A) SURROUND BACK (B) ASSOCIABLE LED SHOCK 4-16 G CLARIS 21 FWD FWRFWL

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ About the front height, front wide or front B speaker connections - 3

text_image SURROUND BACK SURROUND BACK ASSIGNABLE OFF Class 24 NO FR (B) FL (B)

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ About the front height, front wide or front B speaker connections - 4
- When using this connection, also set "Assign Mode" in the menu to "Front Height" (page 162).

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ About the front height, front wide or front B speaker connections - 5
- When using this connection, also set "Assign Mode" in the menu to "Front Wide" (page 162).

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ About the front height, front wide or front B speaker connections - 6
- When using this connection, also set "Assign Mode" in the menu to "Front B" (page 162).

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

28

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ About the front height, front wide or front B speaker connections - 7

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ About the front height, front wide or front B speaker connections - 8

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ About the front height, front wide or front B speaker connections - 9

Contents

Connections

TipsSettingsPlaybackAppendix

■ About the Bi-amp connection

Some audiophile loudspeakers can be connected to an amplifier with two separate amp-to-speaker connections per each speaker. One amplifier channel's output is hooked up to the speaker's bass driver (woofer), while the other amplifier drives the upper range transducers (tweeter, or in some cases midrange and tweeter). This connection method has one amplifier channel driving one half of the bi-amp speaker, and avoids electrical interference between the speaker's bass and treble drivers and the driving amplifier channels. You can assign 4 amp channels to connect to one pair of bi-amp capable speakers. Bi-amp capable speakers always have two sets of speaker input connector pairs, one for the bass range and one for the treble range. If you're unsure about whether or not your speakers are bi-amp capable, consult the owner's manual that came with the speakers.

- For how to connect the front, center, and surround speaker and the subwoofer to this unit, see "Connecting 7.1-channel speakers using surround back speakers" (page 27).

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ About the Bi-amp connection - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["SW1"] --> B["(R) (L)"]
    B --> C["FR"]
    C --> D["FL"]
    D --> E["SPEAKERS"]
    E --> F["PRE OUT"]
    F --> G["COMPONENT VIDEO"]
    G --> H["1.0V 2.0V 3.0V 4.0V 5.0V 6.0V 7.0V 8.0V 9.0V 10.0V 11.0V 12.0V 13.0V 14.0V 15.0V 16.0V 17.0V 18.0V 19.0V 20.0V 21.0V 22.0V 23.0V 24.0V 25.0V 26.0V 27.0V 28.0V 29.0V 30.0V 31.0V 32.0V 33.0V 34.0V 35.0V 36.0V 37.0V 38.0V 39.0V 40.0V 41.0V 42.0V 43.0V 44.0V 45.0V 46.0V 47.0V 48.0V 49.0V 50.0V 51.0V 52.0V 53.0V 54.0V 55.0V 56.0V 57.0V 58.0V 59.0V 60.0V 61.0V 62.0V 63.0V 64.0V 65.0V 66.0V 67.0V 68.0V 69.0V 70.0V 71.0V 72.0V 73.0V 74.0V 75.0V 76.0V 77.0V 78.0V 79.0V 80.0V 81.0V 82.0V 83.0V 84.0V 85.0V 86.0V 87.0V 88.0V 89.0V 90.0V 91.0V 92.0V 93.0V 94.0V 95.0V 96.0V 97.0V 98.0V 99.0V"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#cff,stroke:#333
    style F fill:#ffc,stroke:#333
    style G fill:#fcf,stroke:#333
    style H fill:#cff,stroke:#333
    style I fill:#ffc,stroke:#333
    style J fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style K fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style L fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style M fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style N fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style O fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style P fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style Q fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style R fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style S fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style T fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style U fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style V fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style W fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style X fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style Y fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style Z fill:#cfc,stroke:#333

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

29

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ About the Bi-amp connection - 2

- When using this connection, also set "Assign Mode" in the menu to "Bi-AMP" (page 162).

NOTE

- When making bi-amp connections, be sure to remove the short-circuiting plate or wire between the speaker's woofer and tweeter terminals.

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 4

flowchart
graph LR
    A["Contents"] --> B["Connections"]
    B --> C["TipsSettingsPlayback"]
    C --> D["Appendix"]

Connecting a TV

Connect a TV to this unit so that the input video is output to the TV. You can also enjoy audio from the TV on this unit.

How to connect a TV depends on the connectors and functions equipped on the TV.

ARC function plays TV audio on this unit by sending the TV audio signal to this unit via HDMI cable.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connecting a TV - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Is the TV equipped with an HDMI connector?"] --> B{Is the TV compatible with the ARC (Audio Return Channel) ?}
    B -->|Yes| C["Connection 1 (page 31)"]
    B -->|No| D["Connection 2 (page 32)"]
    C --> E["You cannot connect the TV to this unit."]
    D --> F["No"]
    G["Is the TV equipped with an HDMI connector?"] --> H{Is the TV compatible with the ARC (Audio Return Channel) ?}

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connecting a TV - 2

text_image Front panel Dis Rear panel IndexF 30

Contents

Connections

TipsSettingsPlaybackAppendix

Connection 1 : TV equipped with an HDMI connector and compatible with the ARC (Audio Return Channel)

Use an HDMI cable to connect a TV that is compatible with the ARC function to this unit.

Set "HDMI Control" (page 145) to "On" when using a TV that supports the ARC function.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connection 1 : TV equipped with an HDMI connector and compatible with the ARC (Audio Return Channel) - 1

text_image TV HDMI IN (ARC) HDMI S47 2013D MKT TDC HDMI S47 HDMI S47 HDMI S47 HDMI S47 HDMI S47 HDMI S47 HDMI S47 HDMI S47 HDMI S47 HDMI S47 HDMI S47 HDMI S47 HDMI S47 HDMI S47 HDMI S47 HDMI S47 HDMI S47 HDMI M HDMI M HDMI M HDMI M HDMI M HDMI M HDMI M HDMI M HDMI M HDMI M HDMI M HDMI M HDMI M HDMI M HDMI M HDMI M HDMI M HDMI M HDMI M HDMI M HDMI M HDMI M HDMI M HDMI M HDMI M HDMI N HDMI N HDMI N HDMI N HDMI N HDMI N HDMI N HDMI N HDMI N HDMI N HDMI N HDMI N HDMI N HDMI N HDMI N HDMI N HDMI N HDMI N HDMI N HDMI N HDMI N HDMI N HDMI N HDMI N HDMI N HDMI M HDMI M HDMI M HDMI M HDMI M HDMI M HDMI M HDMI M HDMI M HDMI M HDMI M HDMI M HDMI M HDMI M

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

31

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connection 1 : TV equipped with an HDMI connector and compatible with the ARC (Audio Return Channel) - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connection 1 : TV equipped with an HDMI connector and compatible with the ARC (Audio Return Channel) - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connection 1 : TV equipped with an HDMI connector and compatible with the ARC (Audio Return Channel) - 4

Contents

Connections

TipsSettingsPlaybackAppendix

Connection 2 : TV equipped with an HDMI connector

Use an HDMI cable to connect the TV to this unit.

To listen to audio from TV on this unit, use an optical cable to connect the TV to this unit.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connection 2 : TV equipped with an HDMI connector - 1

text_image TV OUTIN OPTICAL OUT HDMI IN CART CTG COM/AC/DVD HDMI OUT COM/AC/DVD HDMI OUT COM/AC/DVD HDMI OUT

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connection 2 : TV equipped with an HDMI connector - 2

- To output audio signals that are input from the HDMI input connector to a TV connected via HDMI, set "HDMI Audio Out" (page 144) to "TV".

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

32

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connection 2 : TV equipped with an HDMI connector - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connection 2 : TV equipped with an HDMI connector - 4

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connection 2 : TV equipped with an HDMI connector - 5

Connecting a playback device

This unit is equipped with three types of video input connectors (HDMI, component video and composite video) and one type of video output connector (HDMI).

Select input connectors on this unit according to the connectors equipped on the device you want to connect.

If the device connected to this unit is equipped with an HDMI connector, it is recommended to use HDMI connections.

In the HDMI connection, audio and video signals can be transmitted through a single HDMI cable.

- Connecting a set-top box (Satellite tuner/cable TV) (page 34)

- Connecting a DVD player (page 35)

- Connecting a video camcorder or other device (page 36)

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connecting a playback device - 1

- Connect devices to this unit as indicated by the input sources printed on the audio/video input connectors of this unit.

- This unit can change the source that is assigned to the HDMI IN, DIGITAL AUDIO IN, COMPONENT VIDEO IN, VIDEO IN and AUDIO IN connectors. How to change the source assigned to connectors (page 149 "Input Assign").

Connecting a set-top box (Satellite tuner/cable TV)

This explanation uses the connection with a satellite tuner/cable TV STB as an example.

Select input connectors on this unit according to the connectors equipped on the device you want to connect.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connecting a set-top box (Satellite tuner/cable TV) - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["(HDMI incompatible device)"] --> B["AUDIO"]
    A --> C["COAXIAL"]
    A --> D["VIDEO"]
    A --> E["COMPONENT VIDEO"]
    F["Satellite tuner/Cable TV"] --> G["VIDEO"]
    F --> H["VIDEO"]
    I["HDMI OUT"] --> J["OR"]
    K["OR"] --> L["OR"]
    M["OR"] --> N["OR"]

Front panel Di

Rear panel Index

te

34

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connecting a set-top box (Satellite tuner/cable TV) - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connecting a set-top box (Satellite tuner/cable TV) - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connecting a set-top box (Satellite tuner/cable TV) - 4

Contents

Connections

TipsSettingsPlaybackAppendix

Connecting a DVD player

This explanation uses the connection with a DVD players as an example.

Select input connectors on this unit according to the connectors equipped on the device you want to connect.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connecting a DVD player - 1

text_image (HDMI incompatible device) DVD player AUDIO AUDIO OUT L R COAXIAL OUT VIDEO VIDEO OUT Y PnP VIDEO COMPONENT VIDEO OUT Y PnP or or DVD player AUDIO/ VIDEO HDMI OUT 110CAT 2.0V/3.0V/4.0V 2.0V/3.0V 1.0V/3.0V 1.0V/3.0V 1.0V/3.0V 1.0V/3.0V 1.0V/3.0V 1.0V/3.0V 1.0V/3.0V 1.0V/3.0V 1.0V/3.0V 1.0V/3.0V 2.0V/3.0V/4.0V/4.0V/5.0V/5.0V/6.0V/6.0V/7.0V/7.0V/8.0V/8.0V/9.0V/9.0V/10.0V/10.0V/11.0V/11.0V/12.0V/12.0V/13.0V/13.0V/14.0V/14.0V/15.0V/15.0V/16.0V/16.0V/17.0V/17.0V/18.0V/18.0V/19.0V/19.0V/20.0V/20.0V/21.0V/21.0V/22.0V/22.0V/23.0V/23.0V/24.0V/24.0V/25.0V/25.0V/26.0V/26.0V/27.0V/27.0V/28.0V/28.0V/29.0V/29.0V/30.0V/30.0V/31.0V/31.0V/32.0V/32.0V/33.0V/33.0V/34.0V/34.0V/35.0V/35.0V/36.0V/36.0V/37.0V/37.0V/38.0V/38.0V/39.0V/39.0V/40.0V/40.0V/41.0V/41.0V/42.0V/42.0V/43.0V/43.0V/44.0V/44.0V/45.0V/45.0V/46.0V/46.0V/47.0V/47.0V/48.0V/48.0V/49.0V/49.0V/50.0V/50.0V/51.0V/51.0V/52.0V/52.0V/53.0V/53.0V/54.0V/54.0V/55.0V/55.0V/56.0V/56.0V/57.0V/57.0V/58.0V/58.0V/59.0V/59.0V/60.0V/60.0V/61.0V/61.0V/62.0V/62.0V/63.0V/63.0V/64.0V/64.0V/65.0V/65.0V/66.0V/66.0V 1CD/SAT 1CD/SAT 1CD/SAT 1CD/SAT 1CD/SAT 1CD/SAT 1CD/SAT 1CD/SAT 1CD/SAT 1CD/SAT 1CD/SAT 1CD/SAT 1CD/SAT 1CD/SAT 1CD/SAT 1CD/SAT 1CD/SAT 1CD/SAT 1CD/SAT 1CD/SAT 1CD/SAT

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

35

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connecting a DVD player - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connecting a DVD player - 3

Contents

Connections

TipsSettingsPlaybackAppendix

Connecting a video camcorder or other device

This explanation uses the connection with a video camcorders as an example. Connect a playback device to this unit, such as a video camcorder or game console.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connecting a video camcorder or other device - 1

text_image Video camcorder HDMI OUT IN Command

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

36

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connecting a video camcorder or other device - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connecting a video camcorder or other device - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connecting a video camcorder or other device - 4

Contents

Connections

TipsSettingsPlaybackAppendix

Connecting an iPod or USB memory device to the USB port

To connect an iPod to this unit, use the USB adapter cable that was supplied with the iPod.

For operating instructions see "Playing an iPod" (page 48) or "Playing a USB memory device" (page 52).

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connecting an iPod or USB memory device to the USB port - 1

text_image USB memory device or iPod INCommand

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connecting an iPod or USB memory device to the USB port - 2

- Denon does not guarantee that all USB memory devices will operate or receive power. When using a portable USB hard disk drive (HDD) which came with an AC adapter, use that device's supplied AC adapter.

NOTE

• USB memory devices will not work via a USB hub.
- It is not possible to use this unit by connecting the unit's USB port to a PC via a USB cable.
- Do not use an extension cable when connecting a USB memory device. This may cause radio interference with other devices.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

37

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 3

Contents

Connections

TipsSettingsPlaybackAppendix

■ Supported iPod models

- iPod classic

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Supported iPod models - 1
iPod classic 80GB

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Supported iPod models - 2
iPod classic 160GB (2007)

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Supported iPod models - 3
iPod classic 160GB (2009)

- iPod nano

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Supported iPod models - 4
iPod nano 3rd generation (video) 4GB 8GB

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Supported iPod models - 5
iPod nano 4th generation (video) 8GB 16GB

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Supported iPod models - 6
iPod nano 5th generation (video camera) 8GB 16GB

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Supported iPod models - 7
iPod nano 6th generation 8GB 16GB

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Supported iPod models - 8
iPod nano 7th generation 16GB

- iPod touch

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Supported iPod models - 9
iPod touch 1st generation 8GB 16GB 32GB

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Supported iPod models - 10
iPod touch 2nd generation 8GB 16GB 32GB

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Supported iPod models - 11
iPod touch 3rd generation 32GB 64GB

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Supported iPod models - 12
iPod touch 4th generation 8GB 32GB 64GB

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Supported iPod models - 13
iPod touch 5th generation 32GB 64GB

- iPhone

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Supported iPod models - 14
iPhone 4GB 8GB 16GB

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Supported iPod models - 15
iPhone 3G 8GB 16GB

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Supported iPod models - 16
iPhone 3GS 8GB 16GB 32GB

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Supported iPod models - 17
iPhone 4 8GB 16GB 32GB

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Supported iPod models - 18
iPhone 4S 16GB 32GB 64GB

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Supported iPod models - 19
iPhone 5 16GB 32GB 64GB

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

38

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Supported iPod models - 20

Contents

Connections

TipsSettingsPlaybackAppendix

Connecting an FM/AM antenna

After connecting the antenna and receiving a broadcast signal (page 56 "Listening to FM/AM broadcasts"), fix the antenna with tape in a position where the noise level becomes minimal.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connecting an FM/AM antenna - 1

text_image AM loop antenna (supplied) Direction of broadcasting station FM outdoor antenna 75 Ω/ohms coaxial cable Black White AM indoor antenna (supplied) AM outdoor antenna Ground

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

39

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connecting an FM/AM antenna - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connecting an FM/AM antenna - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connecting an FM/AM antenna - 4

Contents

Connections

TipsSettingsPlaybackAppendix

■ AM loop antenna assembly

1 Put the stand section through the bottom of the loop antenna from the rear and bend it forward.
2 Insert the projecting part into the square hole in the stand.

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ AM loop antenna assembly - 1

text_image Loop antenna Stand Square hole Projecting part

■ Using the AM loop antenna

Suspending on a wall

Suspend directly on a wall without assembling.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Suspending on a wall - 1

Nail, tack, etc.

Standing alone

Use the procedure shown above to assemble.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Standing alone - 1

NOTE

  • Do not connect two FM antennas simultaneously.
  • Even if an external AM antenna is used, do not disconnect the AM loop antenna.
  • Make sure the AM loop antenna lead terminals do not touch metal parts of the panel.
  • If the signal has noise interference, connect the ground terminal (GND) to reduce noise.
  • If you are unable to receive a good broadcast signal, we recommend installing an outdoor antenna. For details, inquire at the retail store where you purchased the unit.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

40

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 3

Connecting to a home network (LAN)

You can connect this unit to your home network (LAN) to perform various types of playbacks and operations as follows.

  • Playback of network audio such as Internet Radio and from your media server(s)
  • Playback of music content from online streaming services
    • Using the Apple AirPlay function
    • Operation on this unit via the network
  • Firmware Update

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connecting to a home network (LAN) - 1

  • With this unit, it is possible to use the DHCP and Auto IP functions to make the network settings automatically.
  • When using this unit with the broadband router's DHCP function enabled, this unit automatically performs the IP address setting and other settings.
  • When using this unit connected to a network with no DHCP function, make the settings for the IP address, etc., at "Network" (page 168).

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connecting to a home network (LAN) - 2

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Internet"] -->|Modem| B["To WAN side"]
    B --> C["To LAN port"]
    C --> D["To LAN port"]
    D --> E["LAN port/ Ethernet connector"]
    E --> F["PC"]
    F --> G["NAS (Network Attached Storage)"]
    G --> H["LAN port/ Ethernet connector"]
    H --> I["Network"]
    I --> J["Router"]
    J --> K["Network"]

For connections to the Internet, contact an ISP (Internet Service Provider) or a computer shop.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

41

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connecting to a home network (LAN) - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connecting to a home network (LAN) - 4

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connecting to a home network (LAN) - 5

Contents

Connections

TipsSettingsPlaybackAppendix

DENON AVR-X3000 - TipsSettingsPlaybackAppendix - 1

- When using this unit, we recommend you use a router equipped with the following functions:

• Built-in DHCP server
This function automatically assigns IP addresses on the LAN.
• Built-in 100BASE-TX switch

When connecting multiple devices, we recommend a switching hub with a speed of 100 Mbps or greater.

  • Use only a shielded STP or ScTP LAN cable which is easily available at electronics stores (CAT-5 or greater recommended).
  • The normal shielded-type LAN cable is recommended. If a flat-type cable or unshielded-type cable is used, other devices could be affected by noise.

NOTE

  • The types of routers that can be used depend on the ISP. Contact your ISP or a computer shop for details.
  • This unit is not compatible with PPPoE. A PPPoE-compatible router is required if you have a contract for a type of line set by PPPoE.
  • Do not connect an NETWORK connector directly to the LAN port/ Ethernet connector on your computer.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

42

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 3

Contents

Connections

TipsSettingsPlaybackAppendix

Connecting an external control device

REMOTE CONTROL jacks

If this unit is installed in a location that is out of range of the signal from the remote control unit (such as when installed in a cabinet), you can still operate the unit and the devices connected to it by using a commercially available IR receiver.

You can also use it to remotely control ZONE2 (another room).

DENON AVR-X3000 - REMOTE CONTROL jacks - 1

text_image Infrared retransmitter Infrared sensor Aux Output Input Device equipped with a REMOTE CONTROL IN JACK

TRIGGER OUT jack

When a device with TRIGGER IN jack is connected, the connected device's power on/standby can be controlled through linked operation to this unit. The TRIGGER OUT jack outputs a maximum 12 V DC /150 mA electrical signal.

DENON AVR-X3000 - TRIGGER OUT jack - 1

text_image 12 V DC/150 mA trigger-compatible device

NOTE

  • Use a monaural mini-plug cable for connecting the TRIGGER OUT jack. Do not use a stereo mini-plug cable.
  • If the permissible trigger input level for the connected device is larger than 12 V DC/150 mA, or has shorted, the TRIGGER OUT jack cannot be used. In this case, turn off the power to the unit, and disconnect it.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

43

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 3

Contents

Connections

TipsSettingsPlaybackAppendix

Connecting the power cord

After completing all the connections, insert the power plug into the power outlet.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connecting the power cord - 1

text_image AC IN Power cord (supplied)

To household power outlet (AC 120 V, 60 Hz)

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

44

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connecting the power cord - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connecting the power cord - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connecting the power cord - 4

Contents

Playback

TipsSettingsConnectAppendix

Playback

Turning the power on (page 46)

Selecting the input source (page 46)

Adjusting the master volume (page 47)

Turning off the sound temporarily (page 47)

Playing a DVD player/Blu-ray Disc player (page 47)

Playing an iPod (page 48)

Playing a USB memory device (page 52)

Listening to FM/AM broadcasts (page 55)

Listening to Internet Radio (page 62)

Playing back files stored on a PC and NAS (page 66)

Viewing photographs on the Flickr site (page 70)

Listening to Pandora® (page 74)

Listening to SiriusXM Internet Radio (page 81)

Listening to Spotify (page 84)

Adding to the FAVORITE STATION button (page 88)

AirPlay function (page 90)

Convenience functions (page 93)

Selecting a sound mode (page 101)

HDMI control function (page 113)

InstaPrevue function (page 114)

Sleep timer function (page 116)

Quick select function (page 117)

Web control function (page 118)

Playback in ZONE2 (Separate room) (page 120)

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

45

DENON AVR-X3000 - Playback - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Playback - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Playback - 3

Basic operation

DENON AVR-X3000 - Basic operation - 1

text_image POWER Input source select buttons MUTE ▲▼ VOLUME ▲▼ DENON RG4196

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

46

DENON AVR-X3000 - Basic operation - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Basic operation - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Basic operation - 4

Turning the power on

DENON AVR-X3000 - Turning the power on - 1

Press POWER ⏻ to turn on power to the unit.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Turning the power on - 2

- You can also switch the power to standby by pressing ⏻ on the main unit.

Selecting the input source

DENON AVR-X3000 - Selecting the input source - 1

Press the input source select button to be played back. The desired input source can be selected directly.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Selecting the input source - 2

- You can also select the input source by turning SOURCE SELECT knob on the main unit.

Adjusting the master volume

1 Use VOLUME ▲▼ to adjust the volume.

- The variable range differs according to the input signal and channel level setting.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Use VOLUME ▲▼ to adjust the volume. - 1

- You can also adjust the master volume by turning MASTER VOLUME on the main unit.

Turning off the sound temporarily

1 Press MUTE 📁X.

  • "MUTE" indicator on the display flashes.
    • 📁✗ appears on the TV screen.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Press MUTE 📁X. - 1

  • The sound is reduced to the level set at "Mute Level" (page 138).
  • To cancel, press MUTE 📁X again. Muting can also be cancelled by adjusting the master volume.

Playing a DVD player/Blu-ray Disc player

The following describes the procedure for playing DVD player/Blu-ray Disc player.

1 Prepare for playback.

① Turn on the power of the TV, subwoofer and player.
② Change the TV input to the input of this unit.

2 Press POWER ⏻ to turn on power to the unit.

3 Press DVD or Blu-ray to switch an input source for a player used for playback.

4 Play the DVD player or Blu-ray Disc player.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

47

DENON AVR-X3000 - Play the DVD player or Blu-ray Disc player. - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Play the DVD player or Blu-ray Disc player. - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Play the DVD player or Blu-ray Disc player. - 3

Contents

Playback

TipsSettingsConnectAppendix

Playing an iPod

DENON AVR-X3000 - Playing an iPod - 1

text_image iPod/USB CH/PAGE ▲▼ △▽◀◀ ENTER BACK OPTION SALV ▶/||
  • You can use the USB cable provided with the iPod to connect the iPod with the unit's USB port and enjoy music stored on the iPod.
  • For information on the iPod models that can be played back with this unit, see "Connecting an iPod or USB memory device to the USB port" (1 page 37).

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

48

DENON AVR-X3000 - Playing an iPod - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Playing an iPod - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Playing an iPod - 4

Listening to music on an iPod

1 Connect the iPod to the USB port (page 37).
2 Press iPod/USB to switch the input source to "iPod/USB".
"Browse From iPod" is displayed on the display of this unit.
- Nothing is displayed on the TV screen.
3 Operate iPod itself directly while seeing the iPod screen to play back music.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Listening to music on an iPod - 1

  • The iPod display modes include "From iPod" and "On-Screen". By default, "From iPod", where you directly operate the iPod itself while looking at the iPod screen, is set.
  • To change to "On-Screen", where you perform operations while having the iPod information displayed on the TV screen, see "Setting operation mode (iPod Browse Mode)" (page 50).

NOTE

  • Depending on the type of iPod and the software version, some functions may not operate.
  • Note that Denon will accept no responsibility whatsoever for any problems arising with the data on an iPod when using this unit in conjunction with the iPod.

■ Playing the AirPlay (page 90)
■ Operations available through the OPTION button
- Setting operation mode (iPod Browse Mode) (page 50)

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

49

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 3

Setting operation mode (iPod Browse Mode)

In this mode, various lists and screens during playback on the iPod are displayed on the TV screen.

This section describes the steps up to playing back tracks on the iPod in "On-Screen".

1 Press OPTION.

The option menu screen is displayed.

2 Select "iPod Browse Mode", then press ENTER.

The "iPod Browse Mode" screen is displayed.

3 Use ◀ ▷ to select "On-Screen", then press ENTER.

- English letters, numbers and certain symbols are displayed. Incompatible characters are displayed as "." (period).

- Operations available for "On-Screen" and "From iPod" are listed below.

Display mode From iPod On-Screen
Playable filesMusic file
Video file*
Active buttonsRemote control unit (This unit)
iPod

* Only the sound is played.

4 Use △▽ to select the file to be played, then press ENTER. Playback starts.

Operation buttons Function
▶/IIPlayback / Pause
I◀◀ ▶▶IPrevious / Next
(Press and hold)
Fast-reverse / Fast-forward
ENTERPlayback / Pause
(Press and hold)
Stop
△▽Previous / Next
(Press and hold)
Fast-reverse / Fast-forward
CH/PAGE ▲▼Page previous / Page next

DENON AVR-X3000 - Use △▽ to select the file to be played, then press ENTER. Playback starts. - 1

- The display switches between track title, artist name, and album title etc. each time the STATUS button is pressed during playback with "iPod Browse Mode" set to "On-Screen".

■ Operations available through the OPTION button

• Performing repeat playback (Repeat) (page 94)
• Performing random playback (Random) (page 94)

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

50

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Operations available through the OPTION button - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Operations available through the OPTION button - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Operations available through the OPTION button - 3

Performing repeat playback (Repeat)

1 Press OPTION with "iPod Browse Mode" set to "On-Screen".
The option menu screen is displayed.
2 Use to select "Repeat", then press ENTER.
3 Use ◀ ▷ to select repeat playback mode.

Off (Default) : Repeat playback mode is canceled.

One : A file being played is played repeatedly.

All : All files in the folder currently being played are played repeatedly.

4 Press ENTER.

The display returns to the playback screen.

Performing random playback (Random)

1 Press OPTION with "iPod Browse Mode" set to "On-Screen".
The option menu screen is displayed.
2 Use △▽ to select "Random", then press ENTER.
3 Use ◀▷ to select random playback mode.

Off (Default) : Disable random playback.

On : Randomly play back all tracks in the current playback folder.

4 Press ENTER.

The display returns to the playback screen.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Performing random playback (Random) - 1

- During random playback, each time playback of a track is completed, another track is randomly selected for playback from tracks in the folder. Therefore, it's possible that you may hear a track played back more than once during random playback.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

51

DENON AVR-X3000 - Performing random playback (Random) - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Performing random playback (Random) - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Performing random playback (Random) - 4

Playing a USB memory device

DENON AVR-X3000 - Playing a USB memory device - 1

text_image iPod/USB CH/PAGE ▲▼ △▽◀ ▷ ENTER BACK OPTION ▶/II ▶/II DENON
  • Playing back music or viewing still picture (JPEG) files stored on a USB memory device.
  • Only USB memory devices conforming to mass storage class and MTP (Media Transfer Protocol) standards can be played on this unit.
  • This unit is compatible with USB memory devices in "FAT16" or "FAT32" format.
  • This unit can play back the following files.

• WMA (Windows Media Audio)
• MP3 (MPEG-1 Audio Layer-3)
• WAV
- MPEG-4 AAC
• FLAC (Free Lossless Audio Codec)
- JPEG
• ALAC (Apple Lossless Audio Codec)

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

52

DENON AVR-X3000 - Playing a USB memory device - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Playing a USB memory device - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Playing a USB memory device - 4

Playing files stored on USB memory devices

1 Connect the USB memory device to the USB port (page 37).
2 Press iPod/USB to switch the input source to "iPod/USB".

DENON AVR-X3000 - Playing files stored on USB memory devices - 1

text_image USB[1/9] Folder1 Folder2 Folder3 Music1 Music2 Music3 Music4 Option

3 Use to select the file to be played, then press ENTER. Playback starts.

Operation buttons Function
▶/IIPlayback / Pause
I◀◀ ▶▶IPrevious / Next
(Press and hold)
Fast-reverse / Fast-forward*
ENTERPlayback / Pause
(Press and hold)
Stop
Δ▽Previous / Next
(Press and hold)
Fast-reverse / Fast-forward*
CH/PAGE ▲▼Page previous / Page next

* This function is available while an MP3 / WAV / AAC / FLAC file is being played back.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Playing files stored on USB memory devices - 2

- When an MP3 music file includes album art data, the album art can be displayed while playing the file.

NOTE

- Note that Denon will accept no responsibility whatsoever for any problems arising with the data on a USB memory device when using this unit in conjunction with the USB memory device.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

53

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 3

Contents

Playback

TipsSettingsConnectAppendix

■ Operations available through the OPTION button

  • Searching content with keywords (Text Search) (page 96)
  • Performing repeat playback (Repeat) ( page 94)
  • Performing random playback (Random) (page 94)
  • Playing back still images in sequential order (Slideshow Interval) (page 98)

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

54

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Operations available through the OPTION button - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Operations available through the OPTION button - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Operations available through the OPTION button - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Operations available through the OPTION button - 4

flowchart
graph LR
    A["Contents"] --> B["Playback"]
    B --> C["TipsSettingsConnectAppendix"]

Listening to FM/AM broadcasts

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Operations available through the OPTION button - 5

text_image TUNER FAVORITE STATION 1 - 3 CH/PAGE ▲▼ Δ▽◀ ▷ ENTER BACK OPTION TUNE +, - FOR antenna connections, see "Connecting an F page 39). DENON Front panel Dis Rear panel Index 55 55

For antenna connections, see "Connecting an FM/AM antenna" (page 39).

Listening to FM/AM broadcasts

1 Press TUNER to switch the input source to "TUNER".

DENON AVR-X3000 - Press TUNER to switch the input source to "TUNER". - 1

text_image [TV Screen] TUNER Ch 1 FM 92.10MHz Play: Tune Preset New Playing Play: New On

[Display of this unit]
01 FM 92.10MHz

5 Press TUNE + or TUNE - to select the station you want to hear.

Scanning is performed until it finds an available radio station. When it finds a radio station, it stops the scan automatically and tunes in.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Press TUNE + or TUNE - to select the station you want to hear. - 1

- The modes for receiving FM broadcasts consists of "Auto" mode that automatically searches available broadcast stations and "Manual" mode that lets you tune in using buttons to change the frequency. The default setting is "Auto". You can also use "Direct Tune" to tune in by entering the frequency directly. In "Auto" mode, you cannot tune in to radio stations if the reception is not good. If this is the case, then use the "Manual" mode or "Direct Tune" to tune in.

Operation buttons Function
TUNE +, - Tuning (up/down)
CH/PAGE ▲▼Preset channel selection
FAVORITE STATION1-3Call up favorite stations(Press and hold)Add to the favorite stations

2 Press OPTION.

The option menu screen is displayed.

3 Use to select "FM/AM", then press ENTER.

4 Use ◀ ▷ to select "FM" or "AM", then press ENTER.

FM : When listening to an FM broadcast.

AM : When listening to an AM broadcast.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

56

DENON AVR-X3000 - Use ◀ ▷ to select "FM" or "AM", then press ENTER. - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Use ◀ ▷ to select "FM" or "AM", then press ENTER. - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Use ◀ ▷ to select "FM" or "AM", then press ENTER. - 3

■ Adding to the FAVORITE STATION button (page 88)

■ Operations available through the OPTION button

  • Tuning in by entering the radio frequency (Direct Tune) (page 57)
  • Presetting the current broadcast station (Preset Memory) (page 59)
  • Changing the tuning mode (Tune Mode) (page 58)
  • Tuning in to radio stations and presetting them automatically (Auto Preset Memory) (page 60)
  • Specify a name for the preset broadcast station (Preset Name) (page 60)
  • Skipping preset broadcast stations (Preset Skip) (page 61)

Tuning in by entering the radio frequency (Direct Tune)

You can enter the receiving frequency directly to tune in.

1 Press OPTION. The option menu screen is displayed.
2 Use to select "Direct Tune", then press ENTER. The direct tuner screen is displayed.

3 Use △▽ to select a number and press ▷. The screen that lets you enter the frequency is displayed. • If ◀ is pressed, the immediately preceding input is cancelled.

4 Repeat step 3 and enter the frequency of the radio station you want to hear.
5 When setting is completed, press ENTER. The preset frequency is tuned in.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

57

DENON AVR-X3000 - Tuning in by entering the radio frequency (Direct Tune) - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Tuning in by entering the radio frequency (Direct Tune) - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Tuning in by entering the radio frequency (Direct Tune) - 3

Contents

Playback

TipsSettingsConnectAppendix

Changing the tuning mode (Tune Mode)

You can change the mode for tuning into FM broadcasts. If you cannot tune in automatically with "Auto" mode, then change the mode to "Manual" and tune in manually.

1 Press OPTION.

The option menu screen is displayed.

2 Use △▽ to select "Tune Mode", then press ENTER.

3 Use ◀ ▷ to select tuning mode, then press ENTER.

Auto : Automatically tune to the station.

Manual : Manually tune to the station.

Listening to preset stations

1 Use CH/PAGE ▲▼ to select the desired preset channel.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Listening to preset stations - 1

- You can also select preset broadcast stations by pressing TUNER PRESET CH + or TUNER PRESET CH - on the main unit.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

58

DENON AVR-X3000 - Listening to preset stations - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Listening to preset stations - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Listening to preset stations - 4

Presetting the current broadcast station (Preset Memory)

Your favorite broadcast stations can be preset so that you can tune them in easily. Up to 56 stations can be preset.

1 Tune in the broadcast station you want to preset ( page 56 "Listening to FM/AM broadcasts").
2 Press OPTION. The option menu screen is displayed.
3 Use to select "Preset Memory", then press ENTER. The list of already preset channels is displayed.
4 Use to select the channel you want to preset, then press ENTER.

The current broadcast station that is preset.

- To preset other stations, repeat steps 1 to 4.

Channel Default settings
1 – 892.10 / 92.30 / 92.50 / 92.70 / 93.10 / 93.50 / 93.70 / 94.10 MHz
9 – 1694.30 / 94.50 / 94.70 / 94.90 / 95.10 / 95.30 / 95.50 / 95.70 MHz
17 – 2498.10 / 98.30 / 98.50 / 98.70 / 98.90 / 99.10 / 100.10 / 100.30 MHz
25 – 32100.50 / 100.70 / 100.90 / 101.10 / 101.30 / 101.50 / 101.70 / 101.90 MHz
33 – 40103.10 / 103.30 / 103.50 / 103.70 / 103.90 / 104.10 / 104.30 / 104.50 MHz
41 – 48104.70 / 104.90 / 105.10 / 105.30 / 105.50 / 105.70 / 105.90 / 106.10 MHz
49 – 56106.30 / 106.50 / 106.70 / 106.90 / 107.10 / 107.30 / 107.50 / 107.90 MHz

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

59

DENON AVR-X3000 - Presetting the current broadcast station (Preset Memory) - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Presetting the current broadcast station (Preset Memory) - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Presetting the current broadcast station (Preset Memory) - 3

Tuning in to radio stations and presetting them automatically (Auto Preset Memory)

Up to 56 stations can be preset.

If "Auto Preset Memory" is performed after performing "Preset Memory", the "Preset Memory" settings will be overwritten.

1 Press OPTION.

The option menu screen is displayed.

2 Use △▽ to select "Auto Preset Memory", then press ENTER.

2 Press ENTER.

The unit starts to tune in to radio stations automatically and preset them.

- When presetting is completed, "Completed" is displayed for about 5 seconds and the option menu screen turns off.

Specify a name for the preset broadcast station (Preset Name)

You can set the name to the preset broadcast station or change it. Up to eight characters can be input.

1 Press OPTION.

The option menu screen is displayed.

2 Use △▽ to select "Preset Name", then press ENTER.

The Preset Name screen is displayed.

3 Use ◀▷ to select the group of the broadcast station you want to name.

4 Use △▽ to select the broadcast station you want to name, then press ENTER.

5 Use △▽ to select a name label, then press ENTER.

The screen that lets you edit the preset name is displayed.

- If you select "Set Defaults", then the unit returns to displaying the frequency.

6 Enter the characters, then press "OK".

- For character input, see page 132.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

60

DENON AVR-X3000 - Specify a name for the preset broadcast station (Preset Name) - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Specify a name for the preset broadcast station (Preset Name) - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Specify a name for the preset broadcast station (Preset Name) - 3

Skipping preset broadcast stations (Preset Skip)

You can set in advance, the stations you do not want to be displayed when tuning in, by groups or by stations.

The preset skip setting is useful when tuning in, because only your favorite stations are displayed.

1 Press OPTION.

The option menu screen is displayed.

2 Use △▽ to select "Preset Skip", then press ENTER.

The Preset Skip screen is displayed.

3 □ To set the stations you want to skip by groups

① Use ◀ ▷ to select the group of broadcast stations you want to skip.

② Press △ to select "Set No.* - * to Skip", then press ENTER.

All broadcast stations in the group “* - *” you selected are not displayed.

(* are the selected group numbers)

③ Press BACK.

☐ To set the stations you want to skip by stations

① Use ◀ ▷ to select the group of broadcast stations you want to skip.
② Use to select the broadcast station you want to skip.
③ Use ◀ ▷ to select "Skip". The station you selected is not displayed.
④ Press BACK.

Cancelling preset skip

1 While the Preset Skip screen is displayed, use ◀ to select a group containing a broadcast station to cancel the skip for.
2 Use to select a broadcast station to cancel the skip for.
3 Use ◀ ▷ to select "On". The skip is cancelled.

NOTE

- You cannot cancel the skip for each group.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

61

DENON AVR-X3000 - Cancelling preset skip - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Cancelling preset skip - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Cancelling preset skip - 3

Listening to Internet Radio

DENON AVR-X3000 - Listening to Internet Radio - 1

text_image NETWORK CH/PAGE ▲▼ △▽◀ ▷ ENTER BACK ▶/|| INTERNET RADIO FAVORITE STATION 1 - 3 OPTION BATH BATH BATH BATH BATH BATH BATH BATH BATH BATH BATH BATH BATH BATH BATH BATH BATH BATH BATH BATH BATH BATH BATH BATH BATH BATH BATH DENON
  • Internet Radio refers to radio broadcasts distributed over the Internet. Internet Radio stations from around the world can be received.
  • The broad cast station types and specifications supported by this unit for playback are as follows.

• WMA (Windows Media Audio)
• MP3 (MPEG-1 Audio Layer-3)
- MPEG-4 AAC

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

62

DENON AVR-X3000 - Listening to Internet Radio - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Listening to Internet Radio - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Listening to Internet Radio - 4

Listening to Internet Radio

1 Prepare for playback.

- Check the network environment, then turn on this unit's power (page 41 "Connecting to a home network (LAN)").

2 Press NETWORK.

- You can also press INTERNET RADIO to select the input source "Internet Radio" directly.

3 Use △▽◀ ▷ to select "Internet Radio", then press ENTER.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Use △▽◀ ▷ to select "Internet Radio", then press ENTER. - 1

text_image Network Favorites Income R (SiriusXmi) PANDORA Matis Server flickr Sudify

4 Use to select the item you want to play, then press ENTER.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Use  to select the item you want to play, then press ENTER. - 1

text_image Internet Radio [1/7] ***** Search Stations Search Podcasts Recommended Stations radiodenon.com Recently Played Search by Keyword Open Option

***** (Country name) :

- Displays typical Internet Radio stations your country.

Search Stations

- Displays all Internet Radio stations that this unit can tune in to.

Search Podcasts :

- Displays Internet Radio stations in the podcasts that this unit can tune in to.

- Displays recommended Internet Radio stations.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

63

DENON AVR-X3000 - Recommended Stations : - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Recommended Stations : - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Recommended Stations : - 3

Contents

Playback

TipsSettingsConnectAppendix

radiodenon.com :

- Displays Internet Radio stations added to favorites in vTuner. For instructions on how to add to favorites in vTuner, see "Using vTuner to add Internet Radio stations to favorites" (12 page 65).

Recently Played :

- Displays recently played Internet Radio stations. Up to 20 stations can be stored in "Recently Played".

Search by Keyword :

- Displays Internet Radio stations searched by keyword. For character input, see page 132.

5 Use △▽ to select the station, then press ENTER. Playback starts once buffering reaches "100%".

Operation buttons Function
▶/IIPlayback / Stop
ENTER(Press and hold)Stop
CH/PAGE ▲▼Page previous / Page next
FAVORITE STATION1 – 3Call up favorite stations(Press and hold)Add to the favorite stations
INTERNET RADIO Last played Internet Radio station

DENON AVR-X3000 - Search by Keyword : - 1

  • The display switches between track title and radio station name etc. each time the STATUS button is pressed.
  • Any characters that cannot be displayed are replaced with “.” (period).

NOTE

- The radio station database service may be suspended or be otherwise unavailable without notice.

Playing the last played Internet Radio station

This unit memorizes the last played Internet Radio station. If you press INTERNET RADIO to switch to the Internet Radio function from another input source, the last Internet Radio station you listened to is played.

1 Press INTERNET RADIO.

The source switches to "Internet Radio" and the last played radio station plays.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

64

DENON AVR-X3000 - Press INTERNET RADIO. - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Press INTERNET RADIO. - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Press INTERNET RADIO. - 3

Using vTuner to add Internet Radio stations to favorites

There are many Internet Radio stations in the world, and this unit can tune into these stations. But finding the radio station you want to hear may be difficult, because there are too many stations. If this is the case, then please use vTuner, an Internet Radio station search website specifically designed for this unit. You can use your PC to search Internet Radio stations and add them as your favorites. This unit can play radio stations added to vTuner.

1 Check the MAC address of this unit (page 168 "Information").
- The MAC address is necessary when you create an account for vTuner.
2 Use your PC to access the vTuner website (http://www.radiodenon.com).
3 Enter the MAC address of this unit, then click "Go".
4 Enter your E-mail address and a password of your choice.

5 Select the search criteria (genre, region, language, etc.) of your choice.
- You can also enter a keyword to search for a station you want to hear.
6 Select the radio station of your choice from the list, and then click the Add to Favorites icon.
7 Enter the name of the favorite group, then click "Go". A new favorite group that includes the selected radio station is created.
- Internet Radio stations added to favorites in vTuner can be played from "radiodenon.com" (page 63) with this unit.

■ Operations available through the OPTION button

  • Add to favorites from the Option menu (Save to Favorites) (page 95)
  • Searching content with keywords (Text Search) (page 96)
  • Playing back music and a favorite picture at the same time (Slideshow) (page 97)

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

65

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Operations available through the OPTION button - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Operations available through the OPTION button - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Operations available through the OPTION button - 3

Playing back files stored on a PC and NAS

DENON AVR-X3000 - Playing back files stored on a PC and NAS - 1

text_image NETWORK CH/PAGE ▲▼ △▽◀◀ ENTER BACK FAVORITE STATION 1 - 3 OPTION ▶/||
  • This unit can play back music files and playlists (m3u, wpl) stored on a PC and on Network Attached Storage (NAS) that supports DLNA.
  • The network audio playback function of this unit connects to the server using technologies shown below.
    • Windows Media Player Network Sharing Service
    • Windows Media DRM10
    • This unit can play back the following files.
    • WMA (Windows Media Audio)
    • MP3 (MPEG-1 Audio Layer-3)
    • WAV
  • MPEG-4 AAC
  • FLAC (Free Lossless Audio Codec)
  • JPEG
    • ALAC (Apple Lossless Audio Codec)

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

66

DENON AVR-X3000 - Playing back files stored on a PC and NAS - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Playing back files stored on a PC and NAS - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Playing back files stored on a PC and NAS - 4

Applying media sharing settings

Here, we apply the settings to share music files stored on a PC and NAS on the network.

If you are using a Media Server, be sure to apply this setting first.

■ When using Windows Media Player 12 (Windows 7 / Windows 8)

1 Start up Windows Media Player 12 on the PC.
2 Select "More streaming options..." in the "Stream".
3 Select "Allowed" in the drop-down list for "AVR-X3000".
4 Select "Allowed" in the drop-down list for "Media programs on this PC and remote connections...".
5 Click "OK" to finish.

■ When using Windows Media Player 11

1 Start up Windows Media Player 11 on the PC.
2 Select "Media Sharing" in the "Library".
3 Click the "Share my media" check box, select "AVRX3000", and then click "Allow".
4 As you did in step 3, select the icon of the device (other PCs and mobile devices) you want to use as a media controller, and then click "Allow".
5 Click "OK" to finish.

■ Sharing media stored in NAS

Change settings on the NAS to allow this unit and other devices (PCs and mobile devices) used as media controllers to access the NAS. For details, see the owner's manual that came with the NAS.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

67

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Sharing media stored in NAS - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Sharing media stored in NAS - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Sharing media stored in NAS - 3

Playing back files stored on a PC and NAS

Use this procedure to play music files, image files or playlists.

1 Prepare for playback.

① Check the network environment, then turn on this unit's power (page 41 "Connecting to a home network (LAN)").
② Prepare the computer (Computer's operating instructions).

2 Press NETWORK.

3 Use △▽◀▶ to select "Media Server", then press ENTER.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Use △▽◀▶ to select "Media Server", then press ENTER. - 1

text_image Network Favorite Internet PANDORA Media Save Sordify (SinusXM) flickr

4 Use to select the server including the file to be played, then press ENTER.

5 Use △▽ to select the file, then press ENTER. Playback starts once buffering reaches "100%".

Operation buttons Function
▶/IIPlayback / Pause
|◀◀ ▶▶|Previous / Next
(Press and hold)Fast-reverse / Fast-forward*
ENTERPlayback / Pause
(Press and hold)Stop
△▽Previous / Next
(Press and hold)Fast-reverse / Fast-forward*
CH/PAGE ▲▼Page previous / Page next
FAVORITE STATION 1 – 3Call up favorite stations
(Press and hold)Add to the favorite stations

* This function is available while an MP3 / WAV / AAC / FLAC file is being played back.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

68

DENON AVR-X3000 - Use △▽ to select the file, then press ENTER. Playback starts once buffering reaches "100%". - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Use △▽ to select the file, then press ENTER. Playback starts once buffering reaches "100%". - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Use △▽ to select the file, then press ENTER. Playback starts once buffering reaches "100%". - 3

Contents

Playback

TipsSettingsConnectAppendix

DENON AVR-X3000 - TipsSettingsConnectAppendix - 1

  • The display switches between track title, artist name, and album title each time the STATUS button is pressed.
  • When a WMA (Windows Media Audio), MP3 or MPEG-4 AAC file includes album art data, the album art can be displayed while the music files are playing.
  • If you use Ver.11 or later of Windows Media Player, the album art for WMA files can be displayed.
  • WMA Lossless files can be played when using a server supporting transcoding, such as Windows Media Player Ver. 11 or later.

NOTE

  • When playing back music files with your PC or NAS connected through wireless LAN, audio may be interrupted depending on your wireless LAN environment. In this case, play back music files with your PC or NAS connected through wired LAN.
  • Depending on the size of the still picture (JPEG) file, some time may be required for the file to be displayed.
  • The order in which the tracks/files are displayed depends on the server specifications. If the tracks/files are not displayed in alphabetical order due to the server specifications, searching by the first letter may not work properly.

■ Operations available through the OPTION button

  • Searching content with keywords (Text Search) (page 96)
  • Performing repeat playback (Repeat) (page 94)
  • Performing random playback (Random) (page 94)
  • Add to favorites from the Option menu (Save to Favorites) (page 95)
  • Playing back music and a favorite picture at the same time (Slideshow) (page 97)
  • Playing back still images in sequential order (Slideshow Interval) (page 98)
  • Displaying your desired video on the monitor during audio playback (Video Select) (page 98)
  • Adjusting the picture quality for your viewing environment (Picture Mode) (page 99)
  • Playing music in All Zone Stereo ( page 100)

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

69

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Operations available through the OPTION button - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Operations available through the OPTION button - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Operations available through the OPTION button - 3

Contents

Playback

TipsSettingsConnectAppendix

Viewing photographs on the Flickr site

DENON AVR-X3000 - Viewing photographs on the Flickr site - 1

text_image NETWORK CH/PAGE ▲▼ △▽◀◀ ENTER BACK CB/PAGE OPTION BALK 20/100 MHz 50Hz 40Hz 50Hz 30Hz 50Hz 20Hz 50Hz 10Hz 50Hz 5Hz 50Hz 30Hz 50Hz 20Hz 50Hz 10Hz 50Hz 5Hz 50Hz 30Hz 50Hz 20Hz 50Hz 10Hz 50Hz 5Hz 50Hz 30Hz 50Hz 20Hz 50Hz 10Hz 50Hz 5Hz 50Hz 20Hz 50Hz 10Hz 50Hz 5Hz 50Hz 30Hz 50Hz 20Hz 50Hz 10Hz 50Hz 5Hz 50Hz 30Hz 50Hz 20Hz 50Hz 10Hz 50Hz 5Hz 50Hz 30Hz 50Hz 10Hz 50Hz 5Hz 50Hz 30Hz 50Hz 20Hz 50Hz 10Hz 50Hz 5Hz 50Hz 30Hz 50Hz 20Hz 50Hz 10Hz 50Hz 5Hz 50Hz 30Hz 50Hz 20Hz 50Hz
  • Flickr is an online photograph sharing service that started in 2004. You can use the this unit to view photographs that have been made public by Flickr users. You do not need an account to use Flickr. To view photographs that you recorded yourself, you need an account in order to upload these photographs to the Flickr server. For details, see the Flickr homepage. http://www.flickr.com/
  • You can view photographs shared by particular users, or all of the photographs shared on Flickr.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

70

DENON AVR-X3000 - Viewing photographs on the Flickr site - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Viewing photographs on the Flickr site - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Viewing photographs on the Flickr site - 4

Viewing photographs shared by particular users

1 Prepare for playback.

- Check the network environment, then turn on this unit's power (page 41 "Connecting to a home network (LAN)").

2 Press NETWORK.

3 Use △▽◀▷ to select "Flickr", then press ENTER.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Use △▽◀▷ to select "Flickr", then press ENTER. - 1

text_image Network Favorites Internet PANDORA Modiz Server Sudify (flickr)

4 Use △▽ to select "Add Flickr Contact", then press ENTER.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Use △▽ to select "Add Flickr Contact", then press ENTER. - 1

text_image Flickr [1/2] Add Flickr Contact All Content Open Option

5 In "Contact", add the screen name (user name you want to view) you want to add.

- For character input, see page 132.

6 After inputting the "Contact", press "OK".

The screen name is added to "Contact", and the screen name you entered in Step 5 is displayed on the top screen of Flickr.

- If you enter a screen name that does not exist, "The Flickr Contact you entered could not be found" is displayed. Check and enter the correct screen name.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

71

DENON AVR-X3000 - After inputting the "Contact", press "OK". - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - After inputting the "Contact", press "OK". - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - After inputting the "Contact", press "OK". - 3

Contents

Playback

TipsSettingsConnectAppendix

7 Use to select the folder, and then press ENTER.

Favorites

- Displays the favorite photographs of the specified user.

Photostream

- Displays a list of shared photographs.

PhotoSets

- Displays the folder (photograph album) list.

Contacts :

- Displays the screen name used by the specified user in Contacts.

Remove this Contact :

- Deletes a user from Flickr Contact.

Add this Contact

- Adds a user from Flickr Contact.

8 Use to select the file, and then press ENTER. The selected file is displayed.

Operation buttons Function
ENTERPlayback
(Press and hold)
Stop
Previous / Next
CH/PAGE ▲▼Page previous / Page next

Viewing all photographs on Flickr

1 Use to select "All Content", then press ENTER.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Use  to select "All Content", then press ENTER. - 1

text_image No Flickr [1/2] Add Flickr Contact All Content Option Option

2 Use to select the folder, and then press ENTER.

Interestingness

- Displays photographs that are popular from the number of user comments or number of times they are added as favorites.

Recent
- Displays the most recently added photographs.
Search by text :
- Search for photographs by keyword.

3 Use to select the file, and then press ENTER.

The selected file is displayed.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

72

DENON AVR-X3000 - Use  to select the file, and then press ENTER. - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Use  to select the file, and then press ENTER. - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Use  to select the file, and then press ENTER. - 3

Contents

Playback

TipsSettingsConnectAppendix

NOTE

- Depending on the file format, some photographs may not be viewable.

■ Operations available through the OPTION button

  • Playing back still images in sequential order (Slideshow Interval) (page 98)
  • Displaying your desired video on the monitor during audio playback (Video Select) (17 page 98)
  • Adjusting the picture quality for your viewing environment (Picture Mode) (page 99)
  • Playing music in All Zone Stereo (page 100)

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

73

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Operations available through the OPTION button - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Operations available through the OPTION button - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Operations available through the OPTION button - 3

Listening to Pandora®

DENON AVR-X3000 - Listening to Pandora® - 1

text_image NETWORK CH/PAGE ▲▼ △▽◀ ▷ ENTER BACK OPTION BANK ▶/II ▶/I DENON

Pandora is an automated music recommendation and Internet Radio service created by the Music Genome Project.

To listen to Pandora you will need a free Pandora account. If you do not have a Pandora account, you can create one at www.pandora.com or from the Pandora smartphone application.

It is necessary to associate this machine with a Pandora account by visiting http://www.pandora.com/denon from your PC.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

74

DENON AVR-X3000 - Listening to Pandora® - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Listening to Pandora® - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Listening to Pandora® - 4

Listening to Pandora®

1 Prepare for playback.

① Check the network environment, then turn on this unit's power (page 41 "Connecting to a home network (LAN)").
② Complete step 4 and obtain a Pandora account.

- If you already have a Pandora account, you do not need to obtain a new account. Use your existing Pandora account.

2 Press NETWORK.

3 Use to select "Pandora", then press ENTER.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Use  to select "Pandora", then press ENTER. - 1

text_image Network Favorite Income Web (+)sinus.xml @.com.net PANUOKA Meta Server flickr Spotify

4 If you have a Pandora account, use △▽ to select "I have a Pandora account", then press ENTER.

- If you do not have a Pandora account, press to select "I am new to Pandora". The URL of Pandora and activation code are displayed. Access the Pandora web page from your PC and register the displayed activation code and account information. Then press ENTER.

DENON AVR-X3000 - If you have a Pandora account, use △▽ to select "I have a Pandora account", then press ENTER. - 1

text_image P Pandora I have a Pandora account I am new to Pandora Please go to http://www.pandora.com/denon and follow the Instructions there to create a new account. Your activation code is: ****** Cancel Continue

This is an identification code required to register your purchased product to the Pandora service.

This code is used to obtain your account.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

75

DENON AVR-X3000 - If you have a Pandora account, use △▽ to select "I have a Pandora account", then press ENTER. - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - If you have a Pandora account, use △▽ to select "I have a Pandora account", then press ENTER. - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - If you have a Pandora account, use △▽ to select "I have a Pandora account", then press ENTER. - 4

Contents

Playback

TipsSettingsConnectAppendix

5 Input "Email address" and "Password".

DENON AVR-X3000 - Input "Email address" and "Password". - 1

text_image P Pandora Account Email address * Password OK NO Exit Enter Email address
  • For character input, see page 132.
  • Press BACK to cancel the input. When "Cancel Input?" is displayed, select "Yes", then press ENTER.

6 After inputting the "Email address" and "Password", select "OK", then press ENTER.

If the "Email address" and "Password" match, the top menu for Pandora is displayed.

Creating a new station

You can create up to 100 radio stations.

1 Use △▽ to select "New Station", then press ENTER.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Use △▽ to select "New Station", then press ENTER. - 1

text_image My Station [1/4] New Station Quick Mix D&M1 Radio Sign Out Option Option

2 Input a track or artist name, then press "OK". • For character input, see page 132.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Input a track or artist name, then press "OK". • For character input, see page 132. - 1

text_image P New Station Track or Artist D&M2_ A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ! * # $ % & ' ( ) * + , ; < = > OK Cancel InputSelect

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

76

DENON AVR-X3000 - Input a track or artist name, then press "OK". • For character input, see page 132. - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Input a track or artist name, then press "OK". • For character input, see page 132. - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Input a track or artist name, then press "OK". • For character input, see page 132. - 4

3 Use △▽ to select "Search by Artist" or "Search by Track", then press ENTER.

You can search and display a list by track or artist.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Use △▽ to select "Search by Artist" or "Search by Track", then press ENTER. - 1

text_image New Station Track or Artist D&M2 Search by Artist M Z # - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

4 Press , select a file (e.g. D&M2) from the list, and press ENTER.

"Radio" is added to the end of a filename, and your new station is created (e.g. D&M2 Radio).

DENON AVR-X3000 - Press  , select a file (e.g. D&amp;M2) from the list, and press ENTER. - 1

text_image My Station [4/5] New Station Quick Mix D&M1 Radio D&M2 Radio Sign Out Option Option
Operation buttons Function
▶/IIPlayback / Pause
▶▶ISkips the current track
ENTERPlayback / Pause
(Press and hold)
Stop
Skips the current track
CH/PAGE ▲▼Page previous / Page next

DENON AVR-X3000 - Press  , select a file (e.g. D&amp;M2) from the list, and press ENTER. - 2

- You can create up to 100 Stations (radio stations).

- Your new station will play music with similar qualities to the artist or track you entered.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

77

DENON AVR-X3000 - Press  , select a file (e.g. D&amp;M2) from the list, and press ENTER. - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Press  , select a file (e.g. D&amp;M2) from the list, and press ENTER. - 4

DENON AVR-X3000 - Press  , select a file (e.g. D&amp;M2) from the list, and press ENTER. - 5

Contents

Playback

TipsSettingsConnectAppendix

Listening to an existing station

1 Use and select the radio station ("D&M2 Radio") that you want to listen to, and press ENTER.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Listening to an existing station - 1

text_image D&M2 Radio Now Playing Title Artist Album 00:06 100% Pause Next MenuBack Option

Listening to created radio stations at random

1 Use to select "Quick Mix", then press ENTER. Created radio stations are selected at random, and tracks are streamed.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Listening to created radio stations at random - 1

- You can Skip up to 6 Tracks that are being played back within 1 hour.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

78

DENON AVR-X3000 - Listening to created radio stations at random - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Listening to created radio stations at random - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Listening to created radio stations at random - 4

Giving Feedback and Managing Stations

You can personalize your stations by providing feedback.

1 Press ▷ while a track is playing.

The Pandora menu screen is displayed.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Press ▷ while a track is playing. - 1

text_image Menu [1/8] I like this track I don't like this track Why is this track playing? Create station Bookmark this artist Bookmark this track I'm tired of this track

I like this track

  • Press when you like the track that is being played.
  • It will return to the Play Screen. And (Thumbs up) icon is displayed. (The icon is not displayed on the next track.)

I don't like this track :

  • Press when you don't like the track that is being played.
  • It will return to the Play Screen. And 🙏 (Thumbs down) icon is displayed. (The icon is not displayed on the next track.)

Why is this track playing?

  • Displays the reason why Pandora selected this track.

Create station :

- Creates a Station for the Track or Artist being played.

Bookmark this artist

• Bookmarks the artist currently being played.
- You can check on a computer or iPhone etc.
- For details, see the Pandora web page.

Bookmark this track

  • Bookmarks the track currently being played.
  • You can check on a computer or iPhone etc.
  • For details, see the Pandora web page.

I'm tired of this track :

  • Press when you don't like the track that is being played.
  • The track will not be played for 1 month.

Delete this station

- Press when you want to delete the station that is being played.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Delete this station - 1

- You can create up to 100 Stations (radio stations).

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

79

DENON AVR-X3000 - Delete this station - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Delete this station - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Delete this station - 4

Contents

Playback

TipsSettingsConnectAppendix

Sign Out

Disassociate this unit from your Pandora account.

1 Use to select "Sign Out", then press ENTER.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Use  to select "Sign Out", then press ENTER. - 1

text_image My Station [4/4] Are you sure you want to sign out xxxxxxxx@dm-holdings.com? Yes No Option

2 When the popup menu appears, use ◀ to select "Yes", then press ENTER.

■ Operations available through the OPTION button

  • Displaying your desired video on the monitor during audio playback (Video Select) (page 98)
  • Adjusting the picture quality for your viewing environment (Picture Mode) (page 99)
  • Playing music in All Zone Stereo (page 100)

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

80

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Operations available through the OPTION button - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Operations available through the OPTION button - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Operations available through the OPTION button - 3

Listening to SiriusXM Internet Radio

DENON AVR-X3000 - Listening to SiriusXM Internet Radio - 1

text_image NETWORK CH/PAGE ▲▼ △▽◀ ▶ ENTER BACK OPTION OPEN BEN TIME /II DENON

Enjoy anywhere access to the unparalleled content of SiriusXM.

Whether on your computer, smartphone, tablet, Lynx Portable Enjoy anywhere access to the unparalleled content of SiriusXM.

Whether on your computer, smartphone, tablet, Lynx Portable Radio, or compatible Internet-connected device, you don't need to be in your vehicle to enjoy SiriusXM.

For details, see the SiriusXM homepage.

http://www.siriusxm.com

Listening to SiriusXM Internet Radio

Over 120-channels of the SiriusXM programming you love, including commercial-free music plus sports, talk, news and entertainment.

Listen anywhere on your computer or smartphone.

1 Prepare for playback.

① Check the network environment, then turn on this unit's power (page 41 "Connecting to a home network (LAN)").
② Access the following website from your PC and obtain a SiriusXM account.

http://www.siriusxm.com

- If you already have a SiriusXM account, you do not need to obtain a new account. Select "Sign in" in step 4, and enter your existing SiriusXM account.

2 Press NETWORK.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

81

DENON AVR-X3000 - Press NETWORK. - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Press NETWORK. - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Press NETWORK. - 3

3 Use △▽◀▷ to select "SiriusXM", then press ENTER.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Use △▽◀▷ to select "SiriusXM", then press ENTER. - 1

text_image Network Favorite Internet Files PANDORA Music Server Spotify vansysml flickr

4 Select "Sign in", then press ENTER.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Select "Sign in", then press ENTER. - 1

text_image SiriusXM Sign in Please set your SiriusXM username and password. You can go to www.siriusxm.com to sign up for an account. Or, select "Start Trial" below to start the one-time free trial. Sign In Start Trial OK Cancel Ent

5 Input the "Username" and "Password".

DENON AVR-X3000 - Input the "Username" and "Password". - 1

text_image SiriusXM Sign in Username ****** Password ****** Sign in MOS Exit Enter

- For character input, see page 132.

6 Select the "Sign in", and then press ENTER. The top menu of SiriusXM is displayed.
7 Use to select the genre, then press ENTER.
8 Use to select the file, and then press ENTER. The selected file is displayed.

Operation buttons Function
▶/IIPlayback / Stop
ENTERPlayback(Press and hold)Stop
CH/PAGE ▲▼Page previous / Page next

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

82

DENON AVR-X3000 - Input the "Username" and "Password". - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Input the "Username" and "Password". - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Input the "Username" and "Password". - 4

Contents

Playback

TipsSettingsConnectAppendix

Sign Out

Disassociate this unit from your SiriusXM account.

1 Use to select "Sign Out", then press ENTER.
2 When the popup menu appears, use ◀ to select "Yes", then press ENTER.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Sign Out - 1

text_image SiriusXM [23/23] Are you sure you want to sign out xxxxxxx? Yes No Sign Out OK Option

■ Operations available through the OPTION button

  • Displaying your desired video on the monitor during audio playback (Video Select) (page 98)
  • Adjusting the picture quality for your viewing environment (Picture Mode) (page 99)
  • Playing music in All Zone Stereo (page 100)

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

83

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Operations available through the OPTION button - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Operations available through the OPTION button - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Operations available through the OPTION button - 3

Listening to Spotify

DENON AVR-X3000 - Listening to Spotify - 1

text_image NETWORK CH/PAGE ▲▼ △▽◀ ▶ ENTER BACK OPTION /II DENON

Introduce your Denon to a whole new world of music. With Spotify, you can enjoy instant access to millions of songs.

A Spotify Premium subscription is required.

For details, see the Spotify homepage.

http://www.spotify.com

Listening to Spotify

1 Prepare for playback.

① Check the network environment, then turn on this unit's power (page 41 "Connecting to a home network (LAN)").
② Complete step 5 and obtain a Spotify account.

- If you already have a Spotify account, you do not need to obtain a new account. Use your existing Spotify account.

2 Press NETWORK.

3 Use △▽◀▷ to select "Spotify", then press ENTER.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Use △▽◀▷ to select "Spotify", then press ENTER. - 1

text_image Network Favorites interact files StriusXM PANDORA Media Server flickr Spotify

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

84

DENON AVR-X3000 - Use △▽◀▷ to select "Spotify", then press ENTER. - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Use △▽◀▷ to select "Spotify", then press ENTER. - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Use △▽◀▷ to select "Spotify", then press ENTER. - 4

4 If you have a Spotify account, then press ENTER.

DENON AVR-X3000 - If you have a Spotify account, then press ENTER. - 1

text_image Spotify Introduce your Denon to a whole new world of music. With Spotify, you can enjoy instant access to millions of songs. A Spotify Premium subscription is required. Just subscribe at spotify.com Get Started Exit

5 Use △▽▷ to enter your username and password.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Use △▽▷ to enter your username and password. - 1

text_image Spotify Log In Username ****** Password ****** Log In Init Exit Enter

- For character input, see page 132. The types of characters that can be input are as shown below.

[Upper case characters/Numbers/Symbols] ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÇDÉÉEÏIÏNÖÖÖÖÜÜUÜYP 0123456789

! " # \$ % & ' ( ) * + , ; <= >

[Lower case characters/Numbers/Symbols] abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz

äaáâãæçõèêêiîînõõõõõüùúúýpÿs 0123456789

.@-_/:\~?[]^'{}

  • The password should be no longer than 99 characters.
  • Press BACK to cancel the input. When "Cancel Input?" is displayed, select "Yes", then press ENTER.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

85

DENON AVR-X3000 - Use △▽▷ to enter your username and password. - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Use △▽▷ to enter your username and password. - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Use △▽▷ to enter your username and password. - 4

6 After inputting the username and password, select "Log In", then press ENTER.

If the username and password match, the top menu for Spotify is displayed.

7 Use △▽ to select menu and then press ENTER.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Use △▽ to select menu and then press ENTER. - 1

text_image Spotify [1/5] Search What's New Starred Playlists Accounts Option

- Searches for tracks, artists and albums by entering keywords.

What's New

• Displays the list of the latest albums.

Starred

• Displays the list of the starred tracks.

Playlists

• Displays the playlists for Spotify.

Accounts :

- Manages accounts (Log out, Add new user, Switch to user).

8 Use to select a station, and press ENTER to start playback.

Playback starts and the following screen appears.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Use  to select a station, and press ENTER to start playback. - 1

text_image Spotify Now Playing Title Artist Album 00:06 Pause Previous Options Next MenuBack

Operation buttons Function

▶/IIPlayback / Pause
|◀◀ ▶▶|Previous / Next
(Press and hold)
Fast-reverse / Fast-forward
ENTERPlayback / Pause
(Press and hold)
Stop
△▽Previous / Next
(Press and hold)
Fast-reverse / Fast-forward
CH/PAGE ▲▼Page previous / Page next

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

86

DENON AVR-X3000 - Use  to select a station, and press ENTER to start playback. - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Use  to select a station, and press ENTER to start playback. - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Use  to select a station, and press ENTER to start playback. - 4

Contents

Playback

TipsSettingsConnectAppendix

9 Press ▷ while a track is playing. The Spotify menu screen is displayed.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Press ▷ while a track is playing. The Spotify menu screen is displayed. - 1

text_image Track-Artist [1/3] Star this track Browse "Artist name" Browse "Album name" Back

Star this track :

- Adds a star to the selected track.

Browse "Artist name":

- Displays the list of albums by the artist of the track that is being played back.

Browse "Album name" :

- Displays the list of tracks on the album that is being played back.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Browse "Album name" : - 1

- The display switches between track title, artist name, and album title each time the STATUS button is pressed.

■ Operations available through the OPTION button

  • Performing repeat playback (Repeat) (page 94)
  • Performing random playback (Random) (page 94)
  • Displaying your desired video on the monitor during audio playback (Video Select) (page 98)
  • Adjusting the picture quality for your viewing environment (Picture Mode) (page 99)
  • Playing music in All Zone Stereo (page 100)

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

87

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Operations available through the OPTION button - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Operations available through the OPTION button - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Operations available through the OPTION button - 3

Adding to the FAVORITE STATION button

DENON AVR-X3000 - Adding to the FAVORITE STATION button - 1

text_image ZONE TEST POWER MAIN ON/OFF TALEVIEW GREEN/DRIVE DVD Bluebox GAME AUDIO MINIMUM PANULIFE CD TOLERI OFFICE WALAWAR BLUEBERRY FAVORITE STATION 1 2 3 DAVID/LOWS MINIMUM WALAWAR OFFICE DAVID/LOWS MINIMUM WALAWAR FAVORITE STATION 1 - 3 DENON NC-1164

With a single press of these, you can call up registered radio stations and contents

You can add up to three types of content.

1 Press and hold one of the FAVORITE STATION 1 - 3 buttons for 3 seconds or longer while playing back a content or listening to a radio station.

The content you are playing back or the radio station you are listening to is registered to the pressed button.
- Contents that can be added to the FAVORITE STATION button differ depending on the input source.

Input source Contents that can be added
TUNER Radiostation
Internet Radio Top list of content / Internet Radio station
Media Server Top list of content / Track of Media Server
Flickr Top list of content
Pandora Top list of content
SiriusXM Top list of content
Spotify Top list of content
FavoritesTop list of content / Internet Radio station / Track of Media Server

Front panel Dis

Rear panel IndexF

te

88

DENON AVR-X3000 - Press and hold one of the FAVORITE STATION 1 - 3 buttons for 3 seconds or longer while playing back a content or listening to a radio station. - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Press and hold one of the FAVORITE STATION 1 - 3 buttons for 3 seconds or longer while playing back a content or listening to a radio station. - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Press and hold one of the FAVORITE STATION 1 - 3 buttons for 3 seconds or longer while playing back a content or listening to a radio station. - 3

Playing back content added to the FAVORITE STATION button

You can easily call up content by pressing the FAVORITE STATION button.

1 Press one of the FAVORITE STATION 1 - 3 buttons that you added content to.

Playback starts.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Press one of the FAVORITE STATION 1 - 3 buttons that you added content to. - 1

- Internet Radio stations are already registered to the FAVORITE STATION 1 – 3 buttons. However, you may not be able to play the stations due to restrictions imposed by the radio stations.

NOTE

- The following operations update the database on the Media Server, which may make the added music files unplayable.

  • When you quit the Media Server and then restart it.
  • When music files are deleted or added on the Media Server.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

89

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 3

AirPlay function

Enjoy music from your iTunes library with high quality sound anywhere in your home.

DENON AVR-X3000 - AirPlay function - 1

flowchart
graph LR
    PC["PC"] --> Router["Router"]
    Router --> ThisUnit["This unit"]
    ThisUnit --> Smartphone["Smartphone"]
    Smartphone -->|Signal| Router
    Router -->|Signal| PC

Streaming music stored in iPhone, iPod touch, or iPad directly to the unit

If you update your "iPhone/iPod touch/iPad" to iOS 4.2.1 or later, you can stream music stored in your "iPhone/iPod touch/iPad" directly to this unit.

1 Make the Wi-Fi settings for iPhone, iPod touch, or iPad. - For details, see your device's manual.
2 Startup iPhone, iPod touch, or iPad music or iPod app. ▲ is displayed on the iPhone, iPod touch or iPad screen.
3 Tap the AirPlay icon ▲.
4 Select the speaker you want to use.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Streaming music stored in iPhone, iPod touch, or iPad directly to the unit - 1

text_image Audio Title Album

DENON AVR-X3000 - Streaming music stored in iPhone, iPod touch, or iPad directly to the unit - 2

text_image iPod touch Denon AVR-X3000 Cancel

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

90

DENON AVR-X3000 - Streaming music stored in iPhone, iPod touch, or iPad directly to the unit - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Streaming music stored in iPhone, iPod touch, or iPad directly to the unit - 4

DENON AVR-X3000 - Streaming music stored in iPhone, iPod touch, or iPad directly to the unit - 5

Playing iTunes music with this unit

1 Install iTunes 10, or later, on a Mac or Windows PC that is connected to the same network as this unit.
2 Turn this unit ON. Set "IP Control" (1 page 168) to "Always On" for this unit.

NOTE

- When "IP Control" is set to "Always On", the unit consumes more standby power.

3 Launch iTunes and click the AirPlay icon ▲ displayed the window and select this unit from the list.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Playing iTunes music with this unit - 1

4 Choose a song and click play in iTunes. The music will stream to this unit.

Selecting multiple speakers (devices)

It is possible to play iTunes songs on your home's AirPlay compatible speakers (devices) other than those of this unit.

1 Click the AirPlay icon ▲ and select "Multiple".
2 Check the speakers you want to use.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Selecting multiple speakers (devices) - 1

text_image AirPlay Single Multiple Master Volume My Computer Denon AVR-X3000

NOTE

- In playback using the AirPlay function, the sound is output at the iPhone, iPod touch, iPad or iTunes volume setting level. You should turn down the iPhone, iPod touch, iPad or iTunes volume prior to playback and then adjust it to a suitable level.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

91

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 3

Perform iTunes playback operations with the remote control unit of this unit

With this unit's remote control unit, you can perform iTunes song play, pause, and auto search (cue) operations.

1 Select "Edit" – "Preferences..." on the menu.
2 Select "Devices" in the iTunes setting window.
3 Check "Allow iTunes audio control from remote speakers", and then click "OK".

DENON AVR-X3000 - Perform iTunes playback operations with the remote control unit of this unit - 1

• is displayed on the menu screen while AirPlay is being operated.
- Source input will be switched to "NETWORK" when AirPlay playback is started.
- You can stop AirPlay playback by pressing the ◀ or choosing other input source.
• To see song and artist names together, press STATUS on the main unit.
- For information about how to use iTunes, also see the Help for iTunes.
- The screen may differ depending on the OS and software versions.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Perform iTunes playback operations with the remote control unit of this unit - 2

text_image Devices Preferences General Playback Sharing Stone Parental Advanced Devices Device backups: Delete Backup ... prevent iPods, iPhones, and iPads from syncing automatically more than 35Waga while she eats on this computer will be changed prove iTunes audio control from remote speakers only allow paired or Home Sharing Remoters to control iTunes iTunes is not paired with any Remates Forget All Remotes Reset Sync History OK Cancel

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

92

DENON AVR-X3000 - Perform iTunes playback operations with the remote control unit of this unit - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Perform iTunes playback operations with the remote control unit of this unit - 4

DENON AVR-X3000 - Perform iTunes playback operations with the remote control unit of this unit - 5

DENON AVR-X3000 - Perform iTunes playback operations with the remote control unit of this unit - 6

flowchart
graph LR
    A["Contents"] --> B["Playback"]
    B --> C["TipsSettingsConnectAppendix"]

Convenience functions

DENON AVR-X3000 - Perform iTunes playback operations with the remote control unit of this unit - 7

text_image NETWORK △▽◀ ▷ ENTER OPTION DENON Front panel Dis Rear panel Index 93

Here, we explain how to use the convenience functions. The source names under the titles of each function's description are sources that allow use of these functions.

Performing repeat playback (Repeat)

☐ Supported input sources : USB / Media Server / Spotify

1 While content is playing, press OPTION. The option menu screen is displayed.
2 Use to select "Repeat", then press ENTER.
3 Use ◀▷ to select repeat playback mode.

Off (Default) : Repeat playback mode is canceled.

One : A file being played is played repeatedly.

All : All files in the folder currently being played are played repeatedly.

4 Press ENTER. The display returns to the playback screen.

Performing random playback (Random)

□ Supported input sources : USB / Media Server / Spotify

1 While content is playing, press OPTION. The option menu screen is displayed.
2 Use to select "Random", then press ENTER.
3 Use ◀ ▷ to select random playback mode.

Off (Default) : Disable random playback.

On : Randomly play back all tracks in the current playback folder.

4 Press ENTER. The display returns to the playback screen.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Performing random playback (Random) - 1

- During random playback, each time playback of a track is completed, another track is randomly selected for playback from tracks in the folder. Therefore, it's possible that you may hear a track played back more than once during random playback.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

94

DENON AVR-X3000 - Performing random playback (Random) - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Performing random playback (Random) - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Performing random playback (Random) - 4

Contents

Playback

TipsSettingsConnectAppendix

Add to favorites from the Option menu (Save to Favorites)

You can add up to 100 items as favorites for Internet Radio and Media Server.

□ Supported input sources : Internet Radio / Media Server

1 While content is playing, press OPTION.

The option menu screen is displayed.

2 Use △▽ to select "Save to Favorites", then press ENTER.

"Favorite added" is displayed, and the current content is added to favorites.

- The display returns to the playback screen when the procedure is completed.

Playing back content added in "Save to Favorites"

1 Press NETWORK.

2 Use △▽◀▷ to select "Favorites", then press ENTER.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Playing back content added in "Save to Favorites" - 1

text_image Network Tanzibas Internet Sirius XMI PANDORA Nokia Server flickr Spotify

3 Use △▽ to select the content you want to play, and then press ENTER.

Playback starts.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

95

DENON AVR-X3000 - Playing back content added in "Save to Favorites" - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Playing back content added in "Save to Favorites" - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Playing back content added in "Save to Favorites" - 4

Deleting content added to favorites (Remove from Favorites)

1 Press NETWORK.
2 Use △▽◀▷ to select "Favorites", then press ENTER.
3 Use to select the content you want to delete from favorites, then press OPTION.

The option menu screen is displayed.

4 Use to select "Remove from Favorites", then press ENTER.

"Favorite removed" is displayed, and the selected content is deleted from favorites.

- The display returns to the original screen when the procedure is completed.

□ Supported input sources : USB / Internet Radio / Media Server

1 While content is playing, press OPTION. The option menu screen is displayed.
2 Use to select "Text Search", then press ENTER. The keyboard input screen is displayed.
3 Enter the first character of the Internet Radio station or file you want to search for, and then press "OK". - For character input, see page 132.
4 Use △▽ to select the content you want to play, and then press ENTER. Playback starts.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Searching content with keywords (Text Search) - 1

- "Text Search" searches for Internet Radio stations or files that start with the entered first character from the displayed list.

NOTE

- "Text Search" may not work for some lists.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

96

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 3

Playing back music and a favorite picture at the same time (Slideshow)

□ Supported input sources : USB

1 Play back a still picture.

- Playing back still pictures stored on USB memory devices (page 53).

2 Play back a music file (page 53).

2 Press OPTION.

The option menu screen is displayed.

4 Use △▽ to select "Slideshow", then press ENTER.

The option menu disappears, and the picture you were viewing is shown on the screen.

□ Supported input sources : Internet Radio / Media Server

1 Play back a still picture.

  • Playing back still pictures stored on Flickr (page 70).
  • Playing back still pictures stored on Media Server (page 66).

2 Play back a music file of Media Server or Internet Radio station (page 63, 68).

2 Press OPTION.

The option menu screen is displayed.

4 Use △▽ to select "Slideshow", then press ENTER.

The option menu disappears, and the picture you were viewing is shown on the screen.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

97

DENON AVR-X3000 - Playing back music and a favorite picture at the same time (Slideshow) - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Playing back music and a favorite picture at the same time (Slideshow) - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Playing back music and a favorite picture at the same time (Slideshow) - 3

Playing back still pictures in sequential order (Slideshow Interval)

You can play back still picture (JPEG) files stored on a USB memory device or Media Server and pictures on Flickr website as a slide show. The display time can also be set.

□ Supported input sources : USB / Media Server / Flickr

1 While the list is displayed, press OPTION. The option menu screen is displayed.
2 Use to select "Slideshow Interval", then press ENTER.
3 Use ◀ ▷ to set the display time.

Off : The slide show is not played back.

5s – 60s : Set the time for displaying a single picture when playing back images in the slide show.

4 Press ENTER. The slide show is displayed on the screen.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Playing back still pictures in sequential order (Slideshow Interval) - 1

- This unit plays back picture (JPEG) files in the order in which they are stored in the folder.

Displaying your desired video during audio playback (Video Select)

This unit can display video from a different source on TV during audio playback.

You can set this for each input source.

□ Supported input sources : USB / CD / TUNER / NETWORK

* Available when none of HDMI, component video or video connector is assigned.

1 Press OPTION during audio playback. The option menu screen is displayed.
2 Use △▽ to select "Video Select", then press ENTER.
3 Use ◀ ▷ to select the Video Select mode.

Off (Default) : Disable Video Select mode.

On : Enable Video Select mode.

4 If you selected "On" in step 3, press and select "Source".
5 Press ◀▶ to select the input source for video you want to play back, and press ENTER.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

98

DENON AVR-X3000 - Displaying your desired video during audio playback (Video Select) - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Displaying your desired video during audio playback (Video Select) - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Displaying your desired video during audio playback (Video Select) - 3

Adjusting the picture quality for your viewing environment (Picture Mode)

□ Supported input sources : CBL/SAT / DVD / Blu-ray / GAME/ AUX / MEDIA PLAYER / USB / NETWORK / CD* / TV AUDIO*

* You can set the picture mode when an HDMI, component video or video connector is assigned.

1 While content is playing, press OPTION. The option menu screen is displayed.
2 Use to select "Picture Mode", then press ENTER.

3 Use ◀ ▷ to select picture mode.

Off: No picture quality adjustment is done with this unit.
Standard: The standard mode suited for most living room viewing environments.
Movie : A mode suited for watching movies in a dark room such as a theater room.
Vivid: A mode that makes graphic images for games, etc. brighter and more vivid.
Streaming : A mode suited for low bit rate video sources.
Custom : Adjusts the picture quality manually.

4 Press ENTER.

The display returns to the playback screen.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

99

DENON AVR-X3000 - Adjusting the picture quality for your viewing environment (Picture Mode) - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Adjusting the picture quality for your viewing environment (Picture Mode) - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Adjusting the picture quality for your viewing environment (Picture Mode) - 3

Playing music in All Zone Stereo

You can play back music in another room (ZONE2) simultaneously that is played back in MAIN ZONE.

It is useful when you want to enjoy the same music at the same time in multiple rooms during home party or when you want to play back the same BGM in the entire house.

The All Zone Stereo function can be set for any source.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Playing music in All Zone Stereo - 1

- Before setting this function, you need to turn on the another room (ZONE2) for which you want to use the All Zone Stereo function.

1 Press MAIN to switch the zone mode. MAIN lights.
2 Press OPTION. The option menu screen is displayed.
3 Use to select "All Zone Stereo", then press ENTER.
4 Use ◀ to select "On", then press ENTER. The input source for the multi-zones (ZONE2) is switched to the same as the one for MAIN ZONE, and playback in the All Zone Stereo mode starts.

■ Stopping the All Zone Stereo function

1 During playback in All Zone Stereo, press OPTION. The option menu screen is displayed.
2 Use △▽ to select "All Zone Stereo", then press ENTER.
3 Use ◀▷ to select "Off", then press ENTER.

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Stopping the All Zone Stereo function - 1

• The All Zone Stereo function is also stopped when you:
- Turn MAIN ZONE off.
- Change the input source for MAIN ZONE.
- Change the sound mode.
- When "HDMI Audio Out" (page 144) is set to "TV", the All Zone Stereo function is not available.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

100

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Stopping the All Zone Stereo function - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Stopping the All Zone Stereo function - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Stopping the All Zone Stereo function - 4

Selecting a sound mode

DENON AVR-X3000 - Selecting a sound mode - 1

text_image PUMBERG MUSIC SOUND MODE MUSIC GAME PUREMOVIE GAME PUREMOVIE GAME

This unit allows you to enjoy various kinds of surround and stereo playback modes.

Multi-channel audio formats are provided on popular movie and music disc formats such as Blu-ray and DVD, as well as being supported by digital broadcasting, and even by streaming movies and music from internet-based subscription services.

This unit supports playback of almost all of these multi-channel audio formats. It also supports surround playback of audio formats other than multi-channel audio such as 2-channel stereo audio.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Selecting a sound mode - 2

- For audio formats recorded on a disc, see the disc jacket or label.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

101

DENON AVR-X3000 - Selecting a sound mode - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Selecting a sound mode - 4

DENON AVR-X3000 - Selecting a sound mode - 5

Selecting a sound mode

1 Press MOVIE, MUSIC or GAME to select a sound mode.

MOVIE : Switches to the sound mode suitable for enjoying movies and TV programs.

MUSIC : Switches to the sound mode suitable for enjoying music.

GAME: Switches to the sound mode suitable for enjoying games.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Press MOVIE, MUSIC or GAME to select a sound mode. - 1

  • The MOVIE, MUSIC, or GAME button memorizes the last sound mode selected for its button. Pressing MOVIE, MUSIC, or GAME recalls the same sound mode as the one selected at the previous playback.
  • If the content played back does not support the previously selected sound mode, the most appropriate sound mode for the content is automatically selected.

■ Switching the sound mode

  • Press and hold MOVIE, MUSIC or GAME displays a list of the sound modes that can be selected. Each time you press MOVIE, MUSIC or GAME, the sound mode changes.
  • While the list is displayed, you can also use to select a sound mode.
  • Try out various surround playback modes and enjoy surround playback in your favorite mode.

【Example】When MOVIE is pressed and held
DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Switching the sound mode - 1

text_image MOVIE SOUND STEREO DOLBY PUIX CINEMA DTS NEO:X CINEMA MULTI CH STEREO MONO MOVIE VIRTUAL

This unit provides not only sound modes that conform to the formats recorded on discs such as Dolby and DTS but also extended types of modes that match your speaker configuration including front height speakers and surround back speakers and "original sound modes" that create atmosphere of ROCK ARENA and JAZZ CLUB, etc.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

102

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Switching the sound mode - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Switching the sound mode - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Switching the sound mode - 4

Direct playback

Sound recorded in source is played as is.

1 Press PURE to select "DIRECT". Direct playback begins.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Direct playback - 1

- While DSD signals are played back, "DSD DIRECT" is displayed.

Pure Direct playback

This mode is for playback with higher sound quality than in "DIRECT" mode, by turning off the front panel display panel, which can eliminate faint low level noise from creeping into sensitive analog circuitry.

1 Press PURE to select "PURE DIRECT".

The display goes dark, and Pure Direct playback begins.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Press PURE to select "PURE DIRECT". - 1

  • In DIRECT and PURE DIRECT sound modes, the following items cannot be adjusted.
  • Tone ( page 137 )
  • Restorer ( page 137)
  • MultEQ ^ XT (page 139)
    • Dynamic EQ (page 139)
    • Dynamic Volume (page 140)

NOTE

  • Video signals are only output when HDMI signals are played in the PURE DIRECT mode.
  • When the PURE DIRECT mode has been selected, the display turns off after about 5 seconds. The power indicator will remain lit (green). To restore the display press PURE again, which will set the unit in DIRECT mode.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

103

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 3

Contents

Playback

TipsSettingsConnectAppendix

■ Description of sound mode types

Dolby sound mode

Sound mode type Description
DOLBY PLIIx*1This mode can be selected when the Dolby Pro Logic IIx decoder is used to play back 2-channel sources in 6.1/7.1-channel surround sound including the surround back channel(s).By adding the surround back channel(s), a more enveloping surround environment is produced, compared to Dolby Pro Logic II.There are three playback modes: “Cinema” mode that is optimized for movie playback, “Music” mode that is optimized for music playback, and “Game” mode that is optimized for game play.
DOLBY PLIIThis mode can be selected when the Dolby Pro Logic II decoder is used to play back 2-channel sources in 5.1-channel surround sound with an enveloping surround sound experience.
DOLBY PLIIz*2This mode can be selected when the Dolby Pro Logic IIz decoder is used to play back 2-channel sources in 7.1-channel surround sound with added front height channels.By adding front height channels, the front soundstage becomes dramatically taller, simulating the effect of listening in a large movie theater or concert hall.
DOLBY DIGITAL This mode can be selected when playing sources recorded with Dolby Digital.
DOLBY DIGITAL EX*1Using the Dolby Digital EX decoder, this mode plays Dolby Digital sources in 6.1/7.1-channel surround sound with added surround back channel(s).By adding surround back speaker(s), sounds can be heard coming at you from behind and not just from the sides.
DOLBY TrueHD This mode can be selected when playing sources recorded in Dolby TrueHD.
DOLBY DIGITAL Plus This mode can be selected when playing sources recorded with Dolby Digital Plus.

*1 This can be selected when "Speaker Config." – "Surr. Back" (page 164) is not set to "None".
*2 This can be selected when "Speaker Config." – "Front Height" (page 164) is not set to "None".

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

104

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Description of sound mode types - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Description of sound mode types - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Description of sound mode types - 3

Contents

Playback

TipsSettingsConnectAppendix

DTS sound mode

Sound mode type Description
DTS NEO:X*1This matrix decoding technology uses the DTS NEO:X decoder to playback 2-channel source or 5.1/6.1/7.1-channel surround sound including the surround back channel.There are 3 modes: “Music” suited for playing music, “Cinema” suited for playing movies, and “Game” which is optimized for playing games.
DTS SURROUND This mode can be selected when playing sources recorded in DTS.
DTS ES DSCRT6.1*2This mode is suitable for playing discs recorded in DTS-ES. The surround back channel added using the discrete method is played as an independent channel.Since all channels are independent, the 360-degree spacial expressiveness and sound localization are enhanced.
DTS ES MTRX6.1*3This mode is suitable for playing discs recorded in DTS-ES.The surround back channel added to the surround-left and surround-right channels by a matrix encoder at software recording time is decoded by this unit’s matrix decoder and played from each channel (surround left, surround right, surround back).
DTS 96/24 This mode can be selected when playing sources recorded in DTS 96/24.
DTS-HD This mode can be selected when playing sources recorded in DTS-HD.
DTS Express This mode can be selected when playing sources recorded in DTS Express.

*1 This mode cannot be selected when DSD signals from Super Audio CD are input.

*2 This mode can be selected when only one surround back speaker is used and no front height speaker is used.

*3 This can be selected when "Speaker Config." - "Surr. Back" (page 164) is set to "1spkr".

PCM multi-channel sound mode

Sound mode type Description
MULTI CH INThis mode can be selected when playing multi-channel PCM/DSD sources from a disc player or external decoder that features analog multi-channel outputs.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

105

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Description of sound mode types - 4

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Description of sound mode types - 5

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Description of sound mode types - 6

Contents

Playback

TipsSettingsConnectAppendix

Audyssey DSX® sound mode

Sound mode type Description
Audyssey DSX ^1) (A-DSX)*This mode creates playback for the new channels (front wide or front height) in 5.1-channel systems. By adding front wide or front height channels, the surround sound effects sound become more three dimensional and realistic.

* This can be selected when a setting other than "None" is selected for "Front Height" or "Front Wide", and a setting other than "None" is selected for "Center" in "Speaker Config." (1 page 163).

Original sound mode

Sound mode type Description
MULTI CH STEREO This mode is for enjoying stereo sound from all speakers.Stereo audio (2-channel) sources are played back via the front (L/R) speakers, the surround speakers and if connected the surround back speakers.
ROCK ARENA This mode simulates the expansive sound of a live concert in an arena.
JAZZ CLUB This mode puts you right in the middle of an intimate jazz club.
MONO MOVIEThis mode works with monaural audio sources and delivers a surround sound effect. For optimum channel balance and surround sound effects, connect the monaural source to both of the front (L/R) audio inputs.
VIDEO GAME This mode provides an exciting, dynamic surround sound effect with your favorite action video games.
MATRIX This mode adds a spacious surround sound effect with stereo music sources.
VIRTUALThis mode lets you experience an expansive surround sound effect when playing back through just the front (L/R) speakers only, and when listening with stereo headphones.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

106

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Description of sound mode types - 7

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Description of sound mode types - 8

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Description of sound mode types - 9

Contents

Playback

TipsSettingsConnectAppendix

Stereo sound mode

Sound mode type Description
STEREO This mode plays 2-channel stereo audio with no additional surround sound processing.Sound is output from the front left and right speakers, and subwoofer if connected.When multi-ichannel signals are inputted, they are mixed down to 2-channel audio and are played back with no additional surround sound processing.

Direct sound mode

Sound mode type Description
DIRECTThis mode provides a direct input-to-output path with minimal audio processing, bypassing any unnecessary stages for purest sound.
PURE DIRECTThis mode provides the direct audio signal path benefit of the Direct mode along with disabling additional stages that might possibly have an affect on sound quality.In Pure Direct mode, the following elements are turned off:The front panel display and its driver circuitry are shut down. The display will temporarily come on when adjusting the volume, etc., but will turn off again once the adjustment has been made.The analog video input/output switcher and processor is disabled.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

107

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Description of sound mode types - 10

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Description of sound mode types - 11

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Description of sound mode types - 12

Contents

Playback

TipsSettingsConnectAppendix

Sound mode

  • The following sound modes can be selected using the MOVIE, MUSIC, GAME, and PURE buttons.
  • Adjust the sound field effect with the menu "Surround Parameter" (page 134) to enjoy surround sound the way you like it.

*1 2-channel also includes analog input.
*2 This mode plays back 2-channel sources in 5.1 or 7.1-channel playback. It cannot be selected when headphones are used, or when only front speakers are used.
*3 These modes add new channels to 5.1-channel surround using Audyssey DSX ^n processing (page 141 "Audyssey DSX").
*4 This mode cannot be selected when DSD signals from Super Audio CD are input.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

108

DENON AVR-X3000 - Sound mode - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Sound mode - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Sound mode - 3

Contents

Playback

TipsSettingsConnectAppendix

Input signal Soundmode NOTESound mode
MOVIE MUSIC GAME
Multi-channel *5STEREO○ ○ ○
Dolby DigitalDOLBY DIGITAL○ ○ ○
DOLBY DIGITAL EX○ ○ ○
DOLBY DIGITAL + PLIIx Cinema ○
DOLBY DIGITAL + PLIIx Music ○
DOLBY DIGITAL + PLIIz ○ ○ ○
DOLBY DIGITAL A-DSX*3 ○ ○ ○
DOLBY DIGITAL + NEO:X Cinema
DOLBY DIGITAL + NEO:X Music
DOLBY DIGITAL + NEO:X Game
Dolby TrueHDDOLBY TrueHD○ ○ ○
DOLBY TrueHD + EX○ ○ ○
DOLBY TrueHD + PLIIx Cinema ○
DOLBY TrueHD + PLIIx Music
DOLBY TrueHD + PLIIz○ ○ ○
DOLBY TrueHD A-DSX*3 ○ ○ ○
DOLBY TrueHD + NEO:X Cinema
DOLBY TrueHD + NEO:X Music
DOLBY TrueHD + NEO:X Game
Dolby Digital PlusDOLBY DIGITAL Plus○ ○ ○
DOLBY DIGITAL Plus + EX○ ○ ○
DOLBY DIGITAL Plus + PLIIx Cinema
DOLBY DIGITAL Plus + PLIIx Music
DOLBY DIGITAL Plus + PLIIz○ ○ ○
DOLBY DIGITAL Plus A-DSX*3 ○ ○ ○
DOLBY DIGITAL Plus + NEO:X Cinema
DOLBY DIGITAL Plus + NEO:X Music
DOLBY DIGITAL Plus + NEO:X Game

*3 These modes add new channels to 5.1-channel surround using Audyssey DSX ^® processing (1 page 141 "Audyssey DSX").
*5 Some sound modes cannot be selected, depending on the audio format or number of channels of the input signal. For details, see "Types of input signals, and corresponding sound modes" (page 210).

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

109

DENON AVR-X3000 - Sound mode - 4

DENON AVR-X3000 - Sound mode - 5

DENON AVR-X3000 - Sound mode - 6

ContentsPlaybackTipsSettingsConnectAppendix
Input signal Soundmode NOTESound mode
MOVIE MUSIC GAME
Multi-channel *5DTSDTS SURROUND○ ○ ○
DTS ES DSCRT 6.1○ ○ ○
DTS ES MTRX 6.1○ ○ ○
DTS 96/24○ ○ ○
DTS + PLIIx Cinema ○
DTS + PLIIx Music ○
DTS + PLIIz ○ ○ ○
DTS SURROUND A-DSX*3 ○ ○ ○
DTS + NEO:X Cinema
DTS + NEO:X Music
DTS + NEO:X Game
DTS-HD / DTS ExpressDTS-HD HI RES○ ○ ○
DTS-HD MSTR○ ○ ○
DTS-HD MSTR A-DSX*3 ○ ○ ○
DTS Express○ ○ ○
DTS Express A-DSX*3 ○ ○ ○
DTS-HD + PLIIx Cinema ○
DTS-HD + PLIIx Music
DTS-HD + PLIIz○ ○ ○
DTS-HD HI RES A-DSX*3 ○ ○ ○
DTS-HD + NEO:X Cinema
DTS-HD + NEO:X Music
DTS-HD + NEO:X Game

*3 These modes add new channels to 5.1-channel surround using Audyssey DSX® processing ( page 141 "Audyssey DSX" ).
*5 Some sound modes cannot be selected, depending on the audio format or number of channels of the input signal. For details, see "Types of input signals, and corresponding sound modes" (page 210).

DENON AVR-X3000 - Sound mode - 7

DENON AVR-X3000 - Sound mode - 8

DENON AVR-X3000 - Sound mode - 9

110

DENON AVR-X3000 - Sound mode - 10

DENON AVR-X3000 - Sound mode - 11

DENON AVR-X3000 - Sound mode - 12

ContentsPlaybackTipsSettingsConnectAppendix
Input signal Soundmode NOTESound mode
MOVIE MUSIC GAME
PCM multi-channelMULTI CH IN○ ○ ○
MULTI CH IN 7.1○ ○ ○
MULTI IN + PLIIx Cinema ○
MULTI IN + PLIIx Music ○
MULTI IN + PLIIz ○ ○
MULTI CH IN A-DSX*3 ○ ○ ○
MULTI IN + DOLBY EX*2 ○ ○ ○
MULTI IN + NEO:X Cinema*4 ○
MULTI IN + NEO:X Music*4 ○
MULTI IN + NEO:X Game*4
Multi-channel *5MULTI CH STEREO*4 ○ ○ ○
MONO MOVIE*4 ○
ROCK ARENA*4 ○
JAZZ CLUB*4 ○
MATRIX*4 ○
VIDEO GAME*4
VIRTUAL*4 ○ ○ ○

*2 This mode plays back 2-channel sources in 5.1 or 7.1-channel playback. It cannot be selected when headphones are used, or when only front speakers are used.
*3 These modes add new channels to 5.1-channel surround using Audyssey DSX ^® processing (page 141 "Audyssey DSX"').
*4 This mode cannot be selected when DSD signals from Super Audio CD are input.
*5 Some sound modes cannot be selected, depending on the audio format or number of channels of the input signal. For details, see "Types of input signals, and corresponding sound modes" (page 210).

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

111

DENON AVR-X3000 - Sound mode - 13

DENON AVR-X3000 - Sound mode - 14

DENON AVR-X3000 - Sound mode - 15

■ Views on the display

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Views on the display - 1

① Shows a decoder to be used.
- A DOLBY DIGITAL Plus decoder is displayed as "☐" +
2 Shows a decoder that creates sound output from the surround back speakers.
- “+ PLIIz” indicates the front height sound from front height speakers.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

112

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Views on the display - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Views on the display - 3

HDMI control function

A recent addition to the HDMI standard is CEC (Consumer Electronics Control), which allows control signals from one device to communicate with another device via the HDMI cable connection. Not all HDMI-equipped devices have this capability.

Setting procedure

1 Set the HDMI output connector corresponding with the HDMI control function.
Set "HDMI Control" (page 145) to "On".
2 Turn the power on for all the devices connected by HDMI cable.
3 Set the HDMI control function for all devices connected by HDMI cable.
- Please consult the operating instructions for the connected devices to check the settings.
- Carry out steps 2 and 3 should any of the devices be unplugged.
4 Switch the television input to the HDMI input connected to this unit.
5 Switch this unit input to the HDMI input source and check if the picture from the player is ok.
6 When you turn the TV's power to standby, check that the power of this unit also goes to standby.

NOTE

  • Some functions may not operate depending on the connected TV or player. Check the owner's manual of each device for details beforehand.
  • The HDMI ZONE2 function is not compatible with the HDMI control function.
  • When the HDMI ZONE2 function is used with "HDMI Control" in the menu set to "On", the HDMI ZONE2 function may not fully work.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

113

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 3

InstaPrevue function

DENON AVR-X3000 - InstaPrevue function - 1

text_image MAIN InstaPrevue △▽◀ ▷ ENTER OPTION

You can display sub screens on the main screen to preview playback video of the HDMI input connected to this unit. You can also display various video inputs in a single screen to switch input sources such as Blu-ray, DVD, and GAME while viewing them on sub screens.

DENON AVR-X3000 - InstaPrevue function - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - InstaPrevue function - 3

- The InstaPrevue function is compatible with the HDMI 1 – 6 connectors. It is not supported for the AUX-HDMI connector on the front panel.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

114

DENON AVR-X3000 - InstaPrevue function - 4

DENON AVR-X3000 - InstaPrevue function - 5

DENON AVR-X3000 - InstaPrevue function - 6

Switching input sources

Switch to the desired input source on this unit while viewing sub screens.

1 Press MAIN to switch the zone mode. MAIN lights.
2 Press InstaPrevue. The main screen (current input video) and sub screens (other input video) are displayed.
3 Use to select the desired input source from the sub screen, and press ENTER.

Setting how to display sub screens

You can select to display five sub screens or only one sub screen.

1 While sub screens are displayed, press OPTION. The InstaPrevue setting screen is displayed.
2 Press ◀ ▷ in "HDMI Input" to select how to display sub screens.

All (Default) : Displays five sub screens. One at time : Displays only one sub screen.

3 Press OPTION to enter the setting.

Changing the display location of sub screens

You can change the display location of sub screens to a desired location.

1 While sub screens are displayed, press OPTION. The InstaPrevue setting screen is displayed.
2 Press ▽ to select "Location" and use ◀ ▷ to select the location where you want to display sub screens.
3 Press OPTION to enter the setting.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Changing the display location of sub screens - 1

  • The InstaPrevue function is available when HDMI signals are input to the main screen. However, it is not available while computer's resolution (e.g. VGA) or 3D video content is being played back.
  • The InstaPrevue function is not available when the power of ZONE2 is on.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

115

DENON AVR-X3000 - Changing the display location of sub screens - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Changing the display location of sub screens - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Changing the display location of sub screens - 4

Sleep timer function

DENON AVR-X3000 - Sleep timer function - 1

text_image MAIN ZONE2 ZONE SELECT MAIN ZONE3 SLEEP POWER BLUEB DVD Playbox GARL AUD WINING STARTER CO MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINIVISION MINIVISION MINIVISION MINIVISION MINIVISION MINIVISION MINIVISION MINIVISION MINIVISION MINIVISION MINIVISION MINIVISION MINIVISION MINIVISION MINIVISION MINIVISION MINIVISION MINIVISION MINIVISION MINIVISION MINIVISION MINIVISION MINIVISION MINIVISION MINIVISION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINISSION MINIUTION

You can have the power automatically switched to standby once a set time has elapsed. This is convenient for viewing and listening while going to sleep.

The sleep timer function can be set for each zone.

Using the sleep timer

1 Press MAIN or ZONE2 to switch the zone mode. The button for the selected zone is lit.
2 Press SLEEP and display the time you want to set.

  • The SLEEP indicator on the display lights.
  • You can set the sleep timer in the range from 10 to 120 minutes in steps of 10 minutes.

■ To cancel the sleep timer

Press SLEEP to set "Off".

The SLEEP indicator on the display turns off.

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ To cancel the sleep timer - 1

- The sleep timer is also cancelled when this unit is set to the standby mode or the MAIN ZONE or ZONE2 power is turned off.

NOTE

- The sleep timer function cannot turn off the power of devices connected to this unit. To turn off the power of those connected devices, set up sleep timers on the connected devices themselves.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

116

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 3

Quick select function

You can save settings such as the input source selection, volume level, and sound mode at the QUICK SELECT 1 - 4 buttons.

You can simply press one of the set QUICK SELECT buttons for subsequent playback to switch to various saved settings all at once.

By saving frequently used settings at the QUICK SELECT 1 – 4 buttons, you will always be able to easily call up the same playback environment.

Calling up the Quick Select

1 Press QUICK SELECT.

The Quick Select settings for the button you pressed are called up.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Press QUICK SELECT. - 1

text_image 1 CBL/SAT 2 Survey 3 GAME 4 NETWORK QUICK SELECT

- The default settings of each Quick Select function are as shown below.

Button Input source Volume Sound mode
QUICK SELECT 1 CBL/SAT 40 STEREO
QUICK SELECT 2 Blu-ray 40 STEREO
QUICK SELECT 3 GAME 40 STEREO
QUICK SELECT 4 NETWORK 40 STEREO

Changing the settings

1 Set the items below to the settings you want to save.

① Input source* (page 46)
② Volume (page 47)
③ Sound mode (page 101)
④ Audyssey (Audyssey MultEQ ^® XT, Audyssey Dynamic EQ ^® , Audyssey Dynamic Volume ^® ) (1 page 139)

2 Press and hold the desired QUICK SELECT until "Quick\* Memory" appears on the display.

The current settings will be memorized.
* The number for the QUICK SELECT button you pressed is displayed.

■ Changing the Quick Select Name

On this unit, you can change the Quick Select Name displayed on the menu to the name that you prefer.

For the name change method, see "Quick Select Names" (page 174).

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

117

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Changing the Quick Select Name - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Changing the Quick Select Name - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Changing the Quick Select Name - 3

Web control function

You can control this unit from a web control screen on a web browser.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Web control function - 1

text_image PC Router This unit

DENON AVR-X3000 - Web control function - 2

  • This unit and the PC need to be connected to the network properly (page 41 "Connecting to a home network (LAN)") in order to use the web control function.
  • Depending on the settings of your security-related software, you may not be able to access this unit from your PC. If this is the case, then change the settings of the security-related software.

Controlling the unit from a web control

1 Switch the "IP Control" (page 168) setting to "Always On".
2 Check the IP address of this unit with "Information" (page 168).

DENON AVR-X3000 - Controlling the unit from a web control - 1

text_image Network/Information Friendly name DHCP IP Address MAC Address Denon AVR-X3000 On 192.765.100.19 9005.200.0000 Checking the IP address. Displays the current network settings of the AVR

3 Start up the web browser.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

118

DENON AVR-X3000 - Controlling the unit from a web control - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Controlling the unit from a web control - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Controlling the unit from a web control - 4

Contents

Playback

TipsSettingsConnectAppendix

4 Enter the IP address of this unit in browser's address box.

For example, if the IP address of this unit is "192.168.100.19", enter "http://192.168.100.19/".

http://192.168.100.19/index.asp

File Edit View Tools HelpFavorites

DENON AVR-X3000 - Enter the IP address of this unit in browser's address box. - 1

- You can use the Web control function with Internet Explorer 8 or later to memorize and call up various settings on this unit.

To memorize settings, click "SAVE" on the Setup Menu screen.

To call up settings, click "LOAD" on the Setup Menu screen.

5 When the top menu is displayed, click on the menu item you want to operate.

DENON AVR-X3000 - When the top menu is displayed, click on the menu item you want to operate. - 1

text_image Denon AVR-X3000 Web Controller MAIN ZONE CBL/SAT 0.0 NETWORK ZONL2 Setup Menu

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

119

DENON AVR-X3000 - When the top menu is displayed, click on the menu item you want to operate. - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - When the top menu is displayed, click on the menu item you want to operate. - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - When the top menu is displayed, click on the menu item you want to operate. - 4

Contents

Playback

TipsSettingsConnectAppendix

Playback in ZONE2 (Separate room)

You can operate this unit to enjoy video and audio in a room (ZONE2) that is different from the room where this unit is placed (MAIN ZONE). You can simultaneously play back the same source in both the MAIN ZONE and ZONE2. You can also play back separate sources in the MAIN ZONE and ZONE2.

Connecting ZONE2

You can use the following three methods to play back video and audio in ZONE2.

  • Connection through the HDMI ZONE2 connector (page 120)
  • Connection through the speaker output terminals (page 121)
  • Connection using an external amplifier (page 121)

■ Connection 1 : Connection through the HDMI ZONE2 connector

When a TV is connected to the HDMI ZONE2 OUT connector, you can play back a video or audio from the device connected to the HDMI 1 – 6 IN connector in ZONE2 (HDMI ZONE2 function).

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Connection 1 : Connection through the HDMI ZONE2 connector - 1

flowchart
graph LR
    A["This unit"] --> B["HDMI ZONE2"]
    B --> C["HDMI"]
    C --> D["Monitor"]
    D --> E["ZONE2MAIN-ZONE"]
    E --> F["Audio Output"]

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

120

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Connection 1 : Connection through the HDMI ZONE2 connector - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Connection 1 : Connection through the HDMI ZONE2 connector - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Connection 1 : Connection through the HDMI ZONE2 connector - 4

■ Connection 2 : Connection through the speaker output terminals

  • Set the "Assign Mode" (epage 162) setting to "ZONE2", and outputs ZONE2 audio from SURROUND BACK speaker terminals (The default setting is "ZONE2").
  • If you set the "Assign Mode" (page 162) setting to "ZONE2", the main zone home theater system can play back up to 5.1-channels. Even if you play back audio recorded in 6.1 or 7.1-channels, this unit automatically downmixes the audio to 5.1-channels.

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Connection 2 : Connection through the speaker output terminals - 1

text_image MAIN ZONE This unit SURROUND BACK (R) SURROUND BACK (L) ASSEMBL ANCE: 8-16/2 CLASS 2 BMS ZONE2 (L)(R)

■ Connection 3 : Connection using an external amplifier

The audio signals of this unit's ZONE2 audio output connectors are output to the ZONE2 amplifiers and played on these amplifiers.

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Connection 3 : Connection using an external amplifier - 1

flowchart
graph LR
    A["This unit"] --> B["Power Amplifier"]
    B --> C["AUX IN"]
    D["MAIN ZONE"] --> E["Power Amplifier"]
    E --> F["AUX IN"]
    G["ZONE2"] --> H["Power Amplifier"]
    H --> I["AUX IN"]

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Connection 3 : Connection using an external amplifier - 2

  • We recommend using high quality pin-plug (RCA type) cables for audio connections in order to prevent noise.
  • If you select a same input source for MAIN ZONE and ZONE2, audio playback may be restricted.

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Connection 3 : Connection using an external amplifier - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Connection 3 : Connection using an external amplifier - 4

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Connection 3 : Connection using an external amplifier - 5

Playback in ZONE2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Playback in ZONE2 - 1

text_image ZONE2 Input source select buttons POWER ⏻ VOLUME ▲▼ MUTE ✕ DENON RC-194

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

122

1 Press ZONE2 to switch the zone mode to the ZONE2.

2 Press POWER ⏻ to turn on the ZONE2 power.

The Z2 indicator on the display lights.

  • Also press input source select button when in standby mode, the power turns on.
  • When POWER ⏻ is pressed, ZONE2 turns off.
  • Power in ZONE2 can be turned on or off by pressing ZONE2 ON/OFF on the main unit.

3 Press the input source select button to select the input source to be played.

The audio signal of the selected source is output to ZONE2.

- To perform an operation with the main unit, press ZONE2 SOURCE.

Each time you press ZONE2 SOURCE, the input source changes.

■ Adjusting the volume

Use VOLUME ▲▼ to adjust the volume.

- At time of purchase, "Volume Limit" ( page 173) is set to "70 (-10dB)".

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Adjusting the volume - 1

- Turn MASTER VOLUME after pressing ZONE2 SOURCE on the main unit to adjust the sound volume.

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Adjusting the volume - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Adjusting the volume - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Adjusting the volume - 4

Contents

Playback

TipsSettingsConnectAppendix

■ Turning off the sound temporarily

Press MUTE 📄×.

The sound is reduced to the level set at "Mute Level" (page 173) in the menu.

- To cancel, either adjust the volume or press MUTE 📁X again.

- You can also adjust the volume level to cancel the muting.

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Turning off the sound temporarily - 1

- You can adjust the tone and volume for ZONE2 in "ZONE2 Setup" (page 172) in the menu.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

123

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Turning off the sound temporarily - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Turning off the sound temporarily - 3

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

Settings

For menu operation, connect a TV to this unit and display the menu on the TV screen. For menu operations, see the following page.

By default, this unit has recommended settings defined. You can customize this unit based on your existing system and your preferences.

Audio

Setting items Description Page
Dialog Level Sets the output level to clarify the dialogue output from the center channel.133
Subwoofer Level This setting adjusts the volume level for the subwoofer.133
Subwoofer Turn subwoofer output on and off.133
Subwoofer Level This setting adjusts the volume level for the subwoofer.133
Surround Parameter Adjusts surround sound parameters.134
Cinema EQGently softens the upper treble range of movie soundtracks to reduce possible harshness and improve clarity.134
Loudness ManagementThis sets whether to output as specified in “Dynamic Compression” or output directly without compressing the dynamic range of audio recorded in the disc.134
Dynamic CompressionCompress dynamic range (difference between loud and soft sounds).134
Low Frequency EffectsAdjust the low frequency effects level (LFE).135
Center GainDistributes the dialogue output from the center channel to the front left and right channels and widens the sound image in the front.135
PanoramaAssign front L/R signals to also go to the surround channels for wider sound.135
DimensionShift sound image center to front or rear to adjust playback balance.135
Center WidthDistributes the dialogue output from the center channel to left and right channels and widens the sound image in the front.136
Delay TimeAdjust the audio delay time against video to extend the sound field image.136
Effect LevelAdjust the sound effect level of the current sound mode.136
Room SizeDetermine size of acoustic environment.136
Height GainControl the front height channel volume.136

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

124

DENON AVR-X3000 - Menu map - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Menu map - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Menu map - 3

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

Setting items Description Page
Tone Adjusts the tonal quality of the sound.137
Tone Control Set the tone control function to "On" and "Off".137
Bass Adjust bass.137
Treble Adjust treble.137
RestorerExpands the low and high frequency components of compressed audio content such as MP3 files to enable richer audio playback.137
Audio Delay Compensates for incorrect timing between video and audio.138
Volume Set the MAIN ZONE (room where the unit is located) volume setting.138
Scale Set how volume is displayed.138
Limit Make a setting for maximum volume.138
Power On LevelDefine the volume setting that is active when the power is turned on.138
Mute LevelSet the amount of attenuation when muting is on.138
Audyssey Makes Audyssey MultEQ® XT, Audyssey Dynamic EQ® and Audyssey Dynamic Volume® settings.139
MultEQ® XTMultEQ® XT compensates for both time and frequency characteristics of the listening area based on Audyssey® Setup measurement results.139
Dynamic EQSolves the problem of deteriorating sound quality as volume is decreased by taking into account human perception and room acoustics. Works with MultEQ® XT.139
Reference Level OffsetAudyssey Dynamic EQ® is referenced to the standard film mix level.140
Dynamic VolumeSolves the problem of large variations in volume level between TV, movies and other content (between quiet passages and loud passages, etc.) by automatically adjusting to the user's preferred volume setting.140
Audyssey DSX®Provides more immersive surround sound by adding the new channels.141
Stage WidthAdjust sound stage width when using front wide speakers.141
Stage Height Adjust sound stage height when using front height speakers.141

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

125

DENON AVR-X3000 - Menu map - 4

DENON AVR-X3000 - Menu map - 5

DENON AVR-X3000 - Menu map - 6

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

Setting items Description Page
Graphic EQUses the graphic equalizer to adjust the tone of each speaker.142
Speaker SelectionSelect whether to adjust tones for individual speakers or for all speakers.142
Adjust EQAdjust tonal balance for each frequency band. Adjust the speaker selected in “Speaker Selection”.142
Curve CopyCopy “Audyssey Flat” curve from MultEQ® XT.142

Video

Setting items Description Page
Picture Adjust Adjusts the video quality.143
Picture ModeSelect the desired picture mode according to the video content and your viewing environment.143
Contrast Adjust picture contrast.143
Brightness Adjust picture brightness.143
Saturation Adjust picture chroma level (color saturation).143
Hue Adjust green and red balance. Also called Tint.143
Noise Reduction Reduce overall video noise.144
EnhancerEmphasize picture sharpness.144
HDMI SetupMakes settings for HDMI video/audio output.144
Auto Lip SyncMake automatic compensation for timing shift in audio and video output.144
HDMI Audio Out Select HDMI audio output device.145
HDMI Pass ThroughSelects how the AV receiver will pass HDMI signals to the HDMI output in standby power mode.145
HDMI ControlYou can link operations with devices connected to HDMI and compatible with HDMI Control.145
Pass Through SourceThe AV receiver will “pass through” the sources HDMI signal when in standby.145
Power Off ControlLinks the power standby of this unit to external devices.145
Output SettingsMakes screen-related settings.146

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

126

DENON AVR-X3000 - Menu map - 7

DENON AVR-X3000 - Menu map - 8

DENON AVR-X3000 - Menu map - 9

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

Setting items Description Page
Video Mode Make settings forvideo processing.146
Video ConversionThe input video signal is converted automatically in conjunction with the connected TV.146
i/p Scaler Convert the input source resolution to the resolution set.146
Resolution Set the output resolution.147
Progressive Mode Set an appropriate progressive conversion mode for the source video signal.147
Aspect Ratio Set the aspect ratio for the video signals output to the HDMI.147
On Screen Display Select the on-screen display user interface preferences.148
Volume Sets where to display the master volume level.148
InfoDisplays status of operation temporarily when the sound mode is changed, or input source is switched.148
Now PlayingSets how long each menu is displayed when the input source is “NETWORK”, “iPod/USB”, or “TUNER”.148
TV FormatSet the video output signal format for the TV you are using.148

■ Inputs

Setting items Description Page
Input AssignChanges input connector assignment.149
Source RenameChanges the display name for this source.151
Hide SourcesRemove from the display input sources that are not used.151
Source LevelAdjusts the playback level of the audio input.151
Input SelectSets the audio input mode and decode mode.152
Input ModeSet the audio input modes for the different input sources.152
Decode ModeSet the audio decode mode for input source.152

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

127

DENON AVR-X3000 - Menu map - 10

DENON AVR-X3000 - Menu map - 11

DENON AVR-X3000 - Menu map - 12

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

Speakers

Setting items Description Page
Audyssey ^ SetupThe acoustic characteristics of the connected speakers and listening room are measured and the optimum settings are made automatically.153
Manual SetupPerform when setting the speakers manually or when changing settings made in Audyssey ^3 Setup.162
Amp Assign Select power amplifier usage method to match your speaker system.162
Speaker Config.Indicate speaker presence and select speaker size categories based on bass reproduction capability.163
Distances Set distance from listening position to speakers.165
Levels Set the volume of the test tone to be the same when it is output from each speaker.165
CrossoversSet the maximum frequency of the bass signal output from each channel to the subwoofer.166
BassSet subwoofer and LFE signal range playback.167
Front Speaker SetupSet the front speakers to use for every sound mode.167

Network

Setting items Description Page
InformationDisplay network information.168
IP ControlEnables network communication in standby power mode.168
Friendly NameThe Friendly Name is the name of this unit displayed on the network. You can change the Friendly Name according to your preferences.168
SettingsMake settings for wired LAN.169
DiagnosticsUsed to check the network connection.170
Maintenance ModeUse when receiving maintenance from a Denon service engineer or custom installer.171

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

128

DENON AVR-X3000 - Menu map - 13

DENON AVR-X3000 - Menu map - 14

DENON AVR-X3000 - Menu map - 15

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

General

Setting items Description Page
Language Sets the language for display the menu on the TV screen.172
ZONE2 Setup Makes settings for audio playback in a ZONE2 system.172
Bass Adjust bass tones.172
Treble Adjust treble tones.172
High Pass Filter Make settings for cutting the low range to reduce distortion in the bass.172
Lch Level Adjust the left channel output level.173
Rch LevelAdjust the right channel output level.173
ChannelSet the signal output from multi-zone.173
HDMI AudioSelects the audio signal format for playing an HDMI source in ZONE2.173
Volume LevelSet the volume output level.173
Volume LimitMake a setting for maximum volume.173
Power On VolumeDefine the volume setting that is active when the power is turned on.173
Mute LevelSet the amount of attenuation when muting is on.173
Zone RenameChange the display title of each zone to one you prefer.174
Quick Select NamesChange the "Quick Select" display title to one you prefer.174
Trigger OutSelects when to activate trigger out.174
Auto StandbyWhen you do not perform any operation on this unit with no audio or video input for a specified time, this unit automatically enters the standby mode. Before it enters the standby mode, "Auto Standby" is displayed on the display of this unit and the menu screen.175
Front DisplayMakes settings related to the display on this unit.175

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

129

DENON AVR-X3000 - Menu map - 16

DENON AVR-X3000 - Menu map - 17

DENON AVR-X3000 - Menu map - 18

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

Setting items Description Page
Information Show information about receiver settings, input signals, etc.175
Audio Shows information about audio input signals.175
Video Shows information about video input signal and HDMI Monitor.176
ZONE Shows information about each zone.176
Firmware Displays system information.176
Notifications Selects notification message preferences.176
Usage Data Selects whether or not to send anonymous usage data to Denon.177
FirmwareSet whether or not to check for firmware update, update the firmware, and display update and upgrade notifications.177
Update Update the firmware of the receiver.177
NotificationsDisplays a notification message on this unit's menu screen when the latest firmware is released with "Update".178
Add New FeatureDisplay new features that can be downloaded to this unit and perform an upgrade.178
Setup LockProtect settings from inadvertent changes.179

■ Setup Assistant

Setting items Description Page
Begin SetupPerform basic installation/connections/settings from the beginning according to the guidance indicated on the TV screen.7
Language SelectPerform settings item by item according to the guidance indicated on the TV screen.
Speaker Setup
Speaker Calibration
Network Setup
Input Setup

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

130

DENON AVR-X3000 - Menu map - 19

DENON AVR-X3000 - Menu map - 20

DENON AVR-X3000 - Menu map - 21

DENON AVR-X3000 - Menu map - 22

text_image MAIN Δ▽◀ ▷ ENTER BACK SETUP DENON

1 Press MAIN to switch the zone mode. MAIN lights.
2 Press SETUP. The menu is displayed on the TV screen.
3 Use △▽◀▷ to select the menu to be set or operated, then press ENTER.
4 Use ◀ ▷ to change to desired setting.
5 Press ENTER to enter the setting.

- To return to the previous item, press BACK. - Exiting the Menu, press SETUP while the menu is displayed. The menu display disappears.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

131

DENON AVR-X3000 - Menu operation - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Menu operation - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Menu operation - 3

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

Inputting characters

On this unit, you can change the name displayed on the following screens to the names that you prefer.

• Text Search (page 96)

- Preset Name (page 60)

- Source Rename ( page 151)

- Friendly Name (page 168)

• Zone Rename (page 174)

- Quick Select Names (page 174)

- Character input for the network functions (page 63, 70, 74, 81, 84, 169)

Keyboard screen

1 Display the screen for inputting characters.

[Example] Source Rename screen

DENON AVR-X3000 - Display the screen for inputting characters. - 1

text_image Inputs/Source Rename CBL/SAT CBL/SAT Change the display name for this source

3 Select a character to be input with △▽◀▷ then press ENTER.

4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 to change the name.

5 Use △▽◀▷ to select "OK", then press ENTER.

2 Select a character to be changed.

① Use △▽◀▷ to select “←” or “→”.
② Press ENTER to place the cursor at the character to be changed.

Each time ENTER is pressed, the cursor moves by one character.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

132

DENON AVR-X3000 - Select a character to be changed. - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Select a character to be changed. - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Select a character to be changed. - 3

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

Audio

Make audio-related settings.

Dialog Level

Sets the output level to clarify the dialogue output from the center channel.

Level

-12.0dB - +12.0dB (Default : 0.0dB)

Subwoofer Level

This setting adjusts the volume level for the subwoofer.

Subwoofer

Turn subwoofer output on and off.

On (Default) : The subwoofer is used.

Off: The subwoofer is not used.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Subwoofer - 1

- This can be set when the sound mode is "DIRECT" and "PURE DIRECT" and the "Subwoofer Mode" (1 page 167) is "LFE+Main".

Subwoofer Level

This setting adjusts the volume level for the subwoofer.

-12.0dB - +12.0dB (Default : 0.0dB)

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

133

DENON AVR-X3000 - Subwoofer Level - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Subwoofer Level - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Subwoofer Level - 3

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

Surround Parameter

You can adjust the surround audio sound field effects to match your preferences.

The items (parameters) that can be adjusted depend on the signal being input and the currently set sound mode. For details on the adjustable parameters, see "Sound modes and surround parameters" (page 207).

DENON AVR-X3000 - Surround Parameter - 1

- Some setting items cannot be set while playback is stopped. Make the settings during playback.

Cinema EQ

Gently softens the upper treble range of movie soundtracks to reduce possible harshness and improve clarity.

On: "Cinema EQ" is used.

Off (Default) : "Cinema EQ" is not used.

■ Loudness Management

This sets whether to output as specified in "Dynamic Compression" or output directly without compressing the dynamic range of audio recorded in the disc.

On (Default) : Outputs using the settings made in "Dynamic Compression" and "Dialogue normalization function" (page 175) are enabled.

Off: "Dynamic Compression" settings and "Dialogue Normalization" are disabled, and the signals on the disk are output as is.

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Loudness Management - 1

• This can be set in the Dolby TrueHD mode.

■ Dynamic Compression

Compress dynamic range (difference between loud and soft sounds).

Auto (Default) : Automatic dynamic range compression on/off control according to source.

Low / Medium / High : These set the compression level.

Off : Dynamic range compression is always off.

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Dynamic Compression - 1

- You can set "Auto" only for the Dolby TrueHD source.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

134

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Dynamic Compression - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Dynamic Compression - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Dynamic Compression - 4

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

■ Low Frequency Effects

Adjust the low-frequency effects level (LFE).

-10dB - 0dB (Default)

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Low Frequency Effects - 1

- For proper playback of the different sources, we recommend setting to the values below.

Distributes the dialogue output from the center channel to the front left and right channels and widens the sound image in the front.

0.0 - 1.0

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Low Frequency Effects - 2

  • You can set this when the sound mode is set to DTS NEO:X.
  • The smaller the value, the more dialogue is concentrated on the center channel. The larger the value, the more dialogue is distributed to front left and right channels, and the more the sound image widens in the front.

Panorama

Assign front L/R signals to also go to the surround channels for wider sound.

On : Set.

Off (Default) : Do not set.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Panorama - 1

- You can set this when the sound mode is Dolby PLII/IIx in the "Music" mode.

■ Dimension

Shift sound image center to front or rear to adjust playback balance.

0 - 6 (Default : 3)

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Dimension - 1

  • You can set this when the sound mode is Dolby PLII/IIIx in the "Music" mode.
  • As you set a smaller number, the surround sound field shifts backward; as you set a larger number, the surround sound field shifts forward.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

135

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Dimension - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Dimension - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Dimension - 4

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

■ Center Width

Distributes the dialogue output from the center channel to left and right channels and widens the sound image in the front.

0 - 7 (Default : 3)

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Center Width - 1

  • You can set this when the sound mode is Dolby PLII/IIx in the "Music" mode.
  • The smaller the value, the more dialogue is concentrated on the center channel. The larger the value, the more dialogue is distributed to front left and right channels, and the more the sound image widens in the front.

■ Delay Time

Adjust the audio delay time against video to extend the sound field image.

0ms - 300ms (Default : 30ms)

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Delay Time - 1

- You can set this when the sound mode is "MATRIX".

■ Effect Level

Adjust the sound effect level of the current sound mode.

1 - 15 (Default : 10)

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Effect Level - 1

- Set to a lower level if the positioning and sense of phase of the surround signals seems unnatural.

Room Size

Determine size of acoustic environment. You can set this when the sound mode is one of the original sound modes.

Small : Simulate acoustics of a small room.

Medium small : Simulate acoustics of a medium-small room.

Medium (Default): Simulate acoustics of a medium room.

Medium large : Simulate acoustics of a medium-large room.

Large : Simulate acoustics of a large room.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Room Size - 1

- "Room Size" does not indicate the size of the room in which sources are played.

■ Height Gain

Control the front height channel volume.

Low : Reduce the front height channel volume.

Normal (Default): Front height channel sound is output with standard sound volume.

High: Increase the front height channel volume.

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Height Gain - 1

- You can set this in the "PLIIz" sound mode or when using the PLIIz decoder.

■ Set Defaults

The "Surround Parameter" settings are returned to the default settings.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

136

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Set Defaults - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Set Defaults - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Set Defaults - 3

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

Tone

Adjust the tonal quality of the sound.

■ Tone Control

Set the tone control function to "On" and "Off".

On : Allow tone adjustment (bass, treble).

Off : Playback without tone adjustment.

Bass

Adjust bass.

-6dB - +6dB

Treble

Adjust treble.

-6dB - +6dB

DENON AVR-X3000 - Treble - 1

- This cannot be set when the sound mode is set to "DIRECT" or "PURE DIRECT".

Restorer

Compressed audio formats such as MP3, WMA (Windows Media Audio) and MPEG-4 AAC reduce the amount of data by eliminating signal components that are hard for the human ear to hear. The "Restorer" function generates the signals eliminated upon compression, restoring the sound to conditions near those of the original sound before compression. It also restores the original bass characteristics for a rich and expanded tonal range.

■ Mode

High : Optimized mode for compressed sources with very weak highs (64 kbps and under).

Medium : Apply suitable bass and treble boost for all compressed sources (96 kbps and under).

Low: Optimized mode for compressed sources with normal highs (96 kbps and over).

Off: Do not use "Restorer".

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Mode - 1

  • This item can be set with analog signals or PCM signal (Sample Rate = 44.1/48 kHz) is input.
  • "Restorer" settings are stored for each input source.
  • This item default setting for "NETWORK" and "iPod/USB" is "Low". All others are set to "Off".
  • This cannot be set when the sound mode is set to "DIRECT" or "PURE DIRECT".

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

137

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Mode - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Mode - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Mode - 4

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

Audio Delay

While viewing video, manually adjust the time to delay audio output so that the video and audio are synchronized.

0ms (Default) - 200ms

DENON AVR-X3000 - Audio Delay - 1

  • This item can be set within the range of 0 to 100 ms when "Auto Lip Sync" (T page 144) is set to "On" and when a TV compatible with Auto Lip Sync is connected.
  • Store "Audio Delay" for each input source.
  • Audio Delay for game mode can be set when "Video Mode" (page 146) is set to "Auto" or "Game".

Volume

Set the MAIN ZONE (room where the unit is located) volume setting.

Scale

Set how volume is displayed.

0 - 98 (Default) : Display in the range 0 (Min) to 98.

-79.5dB - 18.0dB : Display —dB (Min), in the range -79.5 dB to 18.0 dB.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Scale - 1

- The "Scale" setting applies to all zones.

Limit

Make a setting for maximum volume.

60 (-20dB) / 70 (-10dB) / 80 (0dB)

Off (Default)

■ Power On Level

Define the volume setting that is active when the power is turned on.

Last (Default): Use the memorized setting from the last session.

Mute : Always use the muting on condition when power is turned on.

1 - 98 (-79dB - 18dB) : The volume is adjusted to the set level.

■ Mute Level

Set the amount of attenuation when muting is on.

Full (Default) : The sound is muted entirely.

-40dB: The sound is attenuated by 40 dB down.

-20dB: The sound is attenuated by 20 dB down.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

138

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Mute Level - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Mute Level - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Mute Level - 3

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

Audyssey

Set Audyssey MultEQ ^® XT, Audyssey Dynamic EQ ^® and Audyssey Dynamic Volume ^® . These can be selected after Audyssey ^® Setup has been performed. For additional information on Audyssey technology, please see page 213.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Audyssey - 1

  • "MultEQ" XT", "Dynamic EQ" and "Dynamic Volume" settings are stored for each input source.
  • "MultEQ® XT", "Dynamic EQ" and "Dynamic Volume" cannot be set when the sound mode is set to "DIRECT" or "PURE DIRECT".

■ Mult®OXT

MultEQ ^® XT compensates for both time and frequency characteristics of the listening area based on Audyssey ^® Setup measurement results. Selection is done from three types of compensation curves. We recommend the "Audyssey" setting.

Audyssey (Default) : Optimize the frequency response of all speakers

Audyssey Byp. L/R: Optimize frequency response of speakers except front L and R speakers.

Audyssey Flat : Optimize frequency response of all speakers to flat response.

Graphic EQ : Apply frequency response set with "Graphic EQ" (page 142).

Off : Turn "MultEQ" XT" equalizer off.

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Mult®OXT - 1

- When using headphones, "MultEQ® XT" is automatically set to "Off".

■ Dynamic EQ

Solves the problem of deteriorating sound quality as volume is decreased by taking into account human perception and room acoustics. Works with MultEQ ^® XT.

On (Default) : Use Dynamic EQ.

Off : Do not use Dynamic EQ.

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Dynamic EQ - 1

- When the menu "Dynamic EQ" setting is "On", it is not possible to do "Tone Control" (page 137) adjustment.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

139

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Dynamic EQ - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Dynamic EQ - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Dynamic EQ - 4

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

■ Reference Level Offset

Audyssey Dynamic EQ ^® is referenced to the standard film mix level. It makes adjustments to maintain the reference response and surround envelopment when the volume is turned down from 0 dB. However, film reference level is not always used in music or other non-film content. Dynamic EQ Reference Level Offset provides three offsets from the film level reference (5 dB, 10 dB, and 15 dB) that can be selected when the mix level of the content is not within the standard. Recommended setting levels are shown at below.

0dB (Film Ref) (Default): This is the default setting and should be used when listening to movies.

5dB : Select this setting for content that has a very wide dynamic range, such as classical music.
10dB : Select this setting for jazz or other music that has a wider dynamic range. This setting should also be selected for TV content as that is usually mixed at 10 dB below film reference.
15dB : Select this setting for pop/rock music or other program material that is mixed at very high listening levels and has a compressed dynamic range.

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Reference Level Offset - 1

- Setting is enabled when "Dynamic EQ" (1 page 139) is "On".

■ Dynamic Volume

Solves the problem of large variations in volume level between TV, movies and other content (between quiet passages and loud passages, etc.) by automatically adjusting to the user's preferred volume setting.

Heavy : Most adjustment to softest and loudest sounds.

Medium : Medium adjustment to loudest and softest sound.

Light: Least adjustment to loudest and softest sounds.

Off (Default) : Do not use "Dynamic Volume".

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Dynamic Volume - 1

- If "Dynamic Volume" is set to "Yes" in "Audyssey ^0 Setup" (page 153), the setting is automatically changed to "Medium".

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

140

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Dynamic Volume - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Dynamic Volume - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Dynamic Volume - 4

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

Audyssey D9X

Provides more immersive surround sound by adding the new channels.

On : Turns on Audyssey DSX® processing for wide or height expansion.

Off (Default) : Do not set Audyssey DSX ^® .

DENON AVR-X3000 - Audyssey D9X - 1

  • "Audyssey DSX ^® " can be set when you are using front height speakers or front wide speakers.
  • "Audyssey DSX®" is only valid when using a center speaker.
  • "Audyssey DSX®" is valid when sound mode is DOLBY sound mode or DTS sound mode other than PLIIz Height and DTS NEO:X.
  • "Audyssey DSX ^5 " cannot be configured if the HD Audio source being played includes Front height and Front wide channels. In this case, the respective channels are played back using the input signals.

About Audyssey Dynamic Surround Expansion (A-DSX)

Audyssey DSX ^® is a scalable system that adds new speakers to improve surround impression. Starting with a 5.1 system Audyssey DSX ^® first adds Wide channels for the biggest impact on envelopment. Research in human hearing has proven that information from the Wide channels is much more critical in the presentation of a realistic soundstage than the Back Surround channels found in traditional 7.1 systems. Audyssey DSX ^® then creates a pair of Height channels to reproduce the next most important acoustical and perceptual cues. In addition to these new Wide and Height channels, Audyssey DSX ^® applies Surround Envelopment Processing to enhance the blend between the front and surround channels.

■ Stage Width

Adjust sound stage width when using front wide speakers.

-10 - +10 (Default : 0)

■ Stage Height

Adjust sound stage height when using front height speakers.

-10 - +10 (Default : 0)

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

141

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Stage Height - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Stage Height - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Stage Height - 3

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

Graphic EQ

Use the 9 band graphic equalizer to adjust the tone of each speaker.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Graphic EQ - 1

  • "Graphic EQ" can be set when "MultEQ" XT (page 139) setting is "Graphic EQ".
  • Speakers for which "Graphic EQ" can be set differ according to the sound mode.

■ Speaker Selection

Select whether to adjust tones for individual speakers or for all speakers.

All

Left/Right (Default)

Each

■ Adjust EQ

Adjust tonal balance for each frequency band. Adjust the speaker selected in "Speaker Selection".

① Select the speaker.
② Select the adjustment frequency band.
63Hz / 125Hz / 250Hz / 500Hz / 1kHz / 2kHz / 4kHz / 8kHz / 16kHz
③ Adjust the level.
-20.0dB - +6.0dB (Default : 0.0dB)

■ Curve Copy

Copy "Audyssey Flat" curve from "MultEQ® XT" (page 139).

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Curve Copy - 1

- "Curve Copy" is displayed after Audyssey ^v Setup has been performed.

■ Set Defaults

The "Graphic EQ" settings are returned to the default settings.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

142

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Set Defaults - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Set Defaults - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Set Defaults - 3

Video

Make video-related settings.

Picture Adjust

Picture quality can be adjusted.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Picture Adjust - 1

  • Can be set when the "Video Conversion" (page 146) setting is "On".
  • Can be set when "HDMI", "COMP" or "VIDEO" (page 150) is assigned for each input source.

■ Picture Mode

Select the desired picture mode according to the video content and your viewing environment.

Standard : The standard mode suited for most living room viewing environments.

Movie : A mode suited for watching movies in a dark room such as a theater room.

Vivid: A mode that makes graphic images for games, etc. brighter and more vivid.

Streaming : A mode suited for low bit rate video sources.

Custom : Adjusts the picture quality manually.

Off: No picture quality adjustment is done with this unit.

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Picture Mode - 1

  • You can also press OPTION to make these settings from "Picture Mode" (page 99) in the option menu.
    • The default settings are as follows.

- For "NETWORK" and "iPod/USB" input sources: Streaming

- For input sources other than "Network" and "iPod/USB"; Off

Contrast

Adjust picture contrast.

-6 - +6 (Default : 0)

Brightness

Adjust picture brightness.

0 (Default) - +12

■ Saturation

Adjust picture chroma level (color saturation).

-6 - +6 (Default : 0)

■ Hue

Adjust green and red balance. Also called Tint.

-6 - +6 (Default : 0)

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

143

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Hue - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Hue - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Hue - 3

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

■ Noise Reduction

Reduce overall video noise.

Low / Medium / High / Off (Default)

■ Enhancer

Emphasize picture sharpness.

0 (Default) - +12

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Enhancer - 1

  • "Contrast", "Brightness", "Saturation", "Hue", "Noise Reduction" and "Enhancer" can be set when "Picture Mode" is set to "Custom".
  • "Picture Adjust" cannot be set when 4K signals are input.

HDMI Setup

Make settings for HDMI video/audio output.

NOTE

- When "HDMI Pass Through" and "HDMI Control" is set to "On", it consumes more standby power. If you are not using this unit for an extended period, it is recommended that you unplug the power cord from the power outlet.

■ Auto Lip Sync

Make automatic compensation for timing shift in audio and video output.

On (Default) : Compensated.
Off: Not compensated.

■ HDMI Audio Out

Select HDMI audio output device.

AVR (Default) : Play back through speakers connected to the unit.
TV : Play back through TV connected to the unit.

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ HDMI Audio Out - 1

  • When the HDMI control function is activated, priority is given to the TV audio setting (page 113 "HDMI control function").
  • When the power of this unit is on and "HDMI Audio Out" is set to "TV", audio is output as 2-channel from the HDMI OUT connector.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

144

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ HDMI Audio Out - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ HDMI Audio Out - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ HDMI Audio Out - 4

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

■ HDMI Pass Through

Selects how the AV receiver will pass HDMI signals to the HDMI output in standby power mode.

On (Default) : Passes the selected HDMI input through the AV receiver's HDMI output when the AV receiver is in standby power mode.

Off: No HDMI signals are passed through the AV receiver's HDMI output in standby power mode.

■ HDMI Control

You can link operations with devices connected to HDMI and compatible with HDMI Control.

On : Use HDMI control function.

Off (Default) : Do not use HDMI control function.

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ HDMI Control - 1

  • Please consult the operating instructions for each connected device to check the settings.
  • Refer to "HDMI control function" (1 page 113) for more information about the HDMI control function.

NOTE

- If the "HDMI Control" settings have been changed, always reset the power to connected devices after the change.

■ Pass Through Source

The AV receiver will “pass through” the sources HDMI signal when in standby.

Last : Choose this option to "pass through" the last used HDMI input video source.

CBL/SAT (Default) / DVD / Blu-ray / GAME / AUX / MEDIA PLAYER /

CD * : Choose one of these HDMI sources to be passed through when the AV receiver is in standby.

* "Pass Through Source" can be set when any of the HDMI connectors is assigned to "CD" for the input source in the "Input Assign" (page 149) setting.

DENON AVR-X3000 - CBL/SAT (Default) / DVD / Blu-ray / GAME / AUX / MEDIA PLAYER / - 1

- "Pass Through Source" can be set when "HDMI Control" is set to "On" or "HDMI Pass Through" is set to "On".

■ Power Off Control

Links the power standby of this unit to external devices.

All (Default): If power to a connected TV is turned off independently of the input source, power to this unit is automatically set to standby.

Video: With an input source being selected that is assigned either "HDMI", "COMP" or "VIDEO" (1 page 150), when you turn the power of the TV off, power to this unit is automatically set to standby.

Off: This unit does not link with power to a TV.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

145

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Power Off Control - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Power Off Control - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Power Off Control - 3

Output Settings

Makes screen-related settings.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Output Settings - 1

  • Can be set when each input source is assigned "HDMI", "COMP" or "VIDEO" (page 150).
  • "Resolution", "Progressive Mode" and "Aspect Ratio" can be set when "i/p Scaler" is set to anything other than "Off".
  • "Output Settings" can not be set when 4K signals are input.

■ Video Mode

Make settings for video processing.

Auto (Default) : Process video automatically based on the HDMI content information.

Game : Always process video for game content.

Movie : Always process video for movie content.

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Video Mode - 1

- If "Video Mode" is set to "Auto", the mode is switched according to the input contents.

■ Video Conversion

The input video signal is converted automatically in conjunction with the connected TV (page 201 "Video conversion function").

On (Default): The input video signal is converted.

Off : The input video signal is not converted.

■ i/p Scaler

Convert the input source resolution to the resolution set.

☐ When the input source is set other than to "iPod/USB" and "NETWORK"

Analog (Default) : Use i/p (interlace-to-progressive) scaler function for analog video signals.

HDMI : Use i/p scaler function for HDMI video signals.

Off : Do not use i/p scaler function.

☐ When the input source is set to "iPod/USB" and "NETWORK"

On (Default) : Use i/p scaler function.

Off: Do not use i/p scaler function.

DENON AVR-X3000 - ☐ When the input source is set to "iPod/USB" and "NETWORK" - 1

  • "Analog & HDMI" can be set for input sources for which an HDMI input connector is assigned.
  • Which items can be set depend on the input source assigned to each input connector.
  • This function is not effective when the input signal is "x.v.Color", 3D, sYCC 601 color, Adobe RGB color, Adobe YCC 601 color or computer resolutions.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

146

DENON AVR-X3000 - ☐ When the input source is set to "iPod/USB" and "NETWORK" - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ☐ When the input source is set to "iPod/USB" and "NETWORK" - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - ☐ When the input source is set to "iPod/USB" and "NETWORK" - 4

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

■ Resolution

Set the output resolution.

You can set "Resolution" separately for HDMI output of the analog video input and HDMI input.

Auto (Default): The number of pixels the TV connected to the HDMI MONITOR OUT connector supports is detected automatically and the appropriate output resolution is set.

480p/576p / 1080i / 720p / 1080p / 1080p:24Hz / 4K :

Set the output resolution.

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Resolution - 1

  • When "i/p Scaler" is set to "Analog & HDMI", the resolution of both the analog video input signal and HDMI input signal can be set.
  • When set to "1080p:24Hz", you can enjoy film-like pictures for film sources (in 24 Hz). For video sources and mixed sources, we recommend setting the resolution to "1080p".
  • It is not possible to convert a 50 Hz signal into 1080p/24Hz. It is output at a resolution of 1080p/50Hz.

■ Progressive Mode

Set an appropriate progressive conversion mode for the source video signal.

Auto (Default) : The video signal is automatically detected and the appropriate mode is set.

Video : Select mode suitable for video playback.

Video and Film : Select mode suitable for video and 30-frame film material playback.

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Progressive Mode - 1

- This item can be set when "i/p Scaler" is set to anything other than "Off".

■ Aspect Ratio

Set the aspect ratio for the video signals output to the HDMI.

16:9 (Default) : Output at 16:9 aspect ratio.

4:3 : Output at 4:3 aspect ratio with black bars on the sides of a 16:9 TV screen (except for 480p/576p output).

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Aspect Ratio - 1

- "Aspect Ratio" can be set when "i/p Scaler" is set to anything other than "Off".

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

147

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Aspect Ratio - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Aspect Ratio - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Aspect Ratio - 4

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

On Screen Display

Select the on-screen display user interface preferences.

Volume

Sets where to display the master volume level.

Bottom (Default) : Display at the bottom.

Top : Display at the top.

Off : Turn display off.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Volume - 1

- When the master volume display is hard to see when superimposed text (closed captioning) or movie subtitles are present, set to "Top".

Info

Displays status of operation temporarily when the sound mode is changed, or input source is switched. You can set whether or not to show each of these status displays.

On (Default) : Turn display on.

Off : Turn display off.

■ Now Playing

Sets how long each menu is displayed when the input source is "NETWORK", "iPod/USB", or "TUNER".

Always On (Default) : Show display continuously.

Auto Off : Show display for 30 seconds after operation.

TV Format

Set the video signal format to be output for the TV you are using.

Format

NTSC (Default) : Select NTSC output.

PAL : Select PAL output.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Format - 1

- "Format" can also be set by the following procedure. However, the menu screen is not displayed.

  1. Press and hold the main unit's ZONE2 SOURCE and STATUS for at least 3 seconds.

"V.Format:" appears on the display.

  1. Use the main unit's TUNER PRESET CH +, - and set the video signal format.

  2. Press the main unit's STATUS to complete the setting.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Format - 2

- When a format other than the video format of the connected TV is set, the picture will not be displayed properly.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

148

DENON AVR-X3000 - Format - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Format - 4

DENON AVR-X3000 - Format - 5

Inputs

Perform settings related to input source playback.

You do not have to change the settings to use the unit. Make settings when needed.

Input Assign

By making connections as indicated by the input sources printed on the audio/video input connectors of this unit, you can just press one of the input source select buttons to easily play back audio or video from a connected device.

When making connections other than the default settings, you must change settings in this section.

■ Examples of "Input Assign" menu screen displays

Use the "Input Assign" menu to change the HDMI input connectors, Digital input connectors, Analog input connectors, Component input connectors, and Video input connectors that are assigned to the input sources in default settings.

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Examples of "Input Assign" menu screen displays - 1

text_image Inputs/Input Assign Set Defaults CBL/SAT 1 COAST 1 1 1 DVD 2 COAST 2 2 2 Blu-ray 3 - 3 - 3 GAME 4 - - - - MEDIA PLAYER 5 - 4 - - TV AUDIO - OPTI - - - AUX FOXM1 - - - - CD - OPT2 5 - - Changes HDMI Input assignments

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Examples of "Input Assign" menu screen displays - 2

- By default, each item is set as follows.

Input source HDMI DIGITAL ANALOG COMP VIDEO
CBL/SAT1COAX1111
DVD2COAX2222
Blu-ray3-3-3
GAME4----
MEDIA PLAYER5-4--
TV AUDIO-OPT1---
AUXFRONT----
CD-OPT25--

☐ TV set top box/satellite users please note

When using the optical or coaxial digital audio output on a TV/satellite box

To play the video signal assigned to "HDMI" combined with the audio signal assigned at "Input Assign" – "DIGITAL", you will also need to select "Digital" in the "Input Mode" (page 152).

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

149

DENON AVR-X3000 - ☐ TV set top box/satellite users please note - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - ☐ TV set top box/satellite users please note - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ☐ TV set top box/satellite users please note - 3

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

HDMI

Set this to change the HDMI input connectors assigned to the input sources.

1 / 2 / 3 / 4 / 5 / 6 / FRONT :

Assign an HDMI input connector to the selected input source.

- : Do not assign an HDMI input connector to the selected input source.

DENON AVR-X3000 - / 2 / 3 / 4 / 5 / 6 / FRONT : - 1

- When "HDMI Control" (1 page 145) is set to "On", HDMI input connector cannot be assigned to "TV AUDIO".

DIGITAL

Set this to change the digital audio input connectors assigned to the input sources.

COAX1 (Coaxial) / COAX2 / OPT1 (Optical) / OPT2 :

Assign a digital input connector to the selected input source.

- : Do not assign a digital input connector to the selected input source.

ANALOG

Set this to change the analog audio input connectors assigned to the input sources.

1/2/3/4/5: Assign a analog input connector to the selected input source.

- : Do not assign a analog input connector to the selected input source.

■ COMP (Component video)

Set this to change the component video input connectors assigned to the input sources.

1/2: Assign the component video input connector to the selected input source.

- : Do not assign a component video input connector to the selected input source.

VIDEO

Set this to change the composite video input connectors assigned to the input sources.

1 / 2 / 3 : Assign the video input connector to the selected input source.

- : Do not assign a video input connector to the selected input source.

■ Set Defaults

The "Input Assign" settings are returned to the default settings.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

150

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Set Defaults - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Set Defaults - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Set Defaults - 3

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

Source Rename

Change the display name of the selected input source.

This is convenient when the input source name of your device and the input source name of this unit are different. You can change the name to suit your needs. When the renaming is completed, the name is displayed on this unit's display and on the menu screen.

CBL/SAT / DVD / Blu-ray / GAME / AUX / MEDIA PLAYER / CD / TV AUDIO :

Change the display name of the selected input source.

Set Defaults : The "Source Rename" settings are returned to the default settings.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Source Rename - 1

- Up to 12 characters can be input. For character input, see page 132.

Hide Sources

Remove from the display input sources that are not used.

Show (Default) : Use this source.

Hide : Do not use this source.

Source Level

- This function corrects the playback level of the selected input source's audio input.

- Make this setting if there are differences in the input volume levels between the different sources.

-12dB - +12dB (Default : 0dB)

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

151

DENON AVR-X3000 - Source Level - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Source Level - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Source Level - 3

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

Input Select

Set the audio input mode and decode mode of each input source. The input modes available for selection may vary depending on the input source.

■ Input Mode

Set the audio input modes for the different input sources. It is normally recommended to set the audio input mode to "Auto".

Auto (Default): Automatically detect input signal and perform playback. HDMI : Play only signals from HDMI input.

Digital : Play only signals from digital input.

Analog : Play only signals from analog input.

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Input Mode - 1

  • When digital signals are properly input, the DIG. indicator lights on the display. If the DIG. indicator does not light, check "Input Assign" (page 149) and the connections.
  • If "HDMI Control" is set to "On" and a TV compatible with the ARC is connected via the HDMI MONITOR connectors, the input mode whose input source is "TV AUDIO" is fixed to ARC.

■ Decode Mode

Set the audio decode mode for input source.

Auto (Default): Detect type of digital input signal and decode and play automatically.

PCM : Decode and play only PCM input signals.

DTS : Decode and play only DTS input signals.

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Decode Mode - 1

  • This item can be set for input sources for which "DIGITAL" is assigned at "Input Assign" (page 149).
  • Normally set this mode to "Auto". It is recommended to set "PCM" or "DTS" when audio is missing at the beginning or a noise occurs. Set "PCM" and "DTS" when inputting the corresponding input signal.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

152

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Decode Mode - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Decode Mode - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Decode Mode - 4

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

Speakers

The acoustic characteristics of the connected speakers and listening room are measured and the optimum settings are made automatically. This is called "Audyssey® Setup".

You do not have to perform Audyssey® Setup when you have already performed Speaker Calibration in Setup Assistant.

To set up the speakers manually, use "Manual Setup" (page 162) on the menu.

Audyssey® Setup

To perform measurement, place the Setup and measurement microphone in multiple locations all around the listening area. For best results, we recommend you measure in six or more positions, as shown in the illustration (up to eight positions).

DENON AVR-X3000 - Audyssey® Setup - 1

- When performing Audyssey ^ Setup, Audyssey MultEQ ^ XT/Audyssey Dynamic EQ ^ /Audyssey Dynamic Volume ^ functions become active (1 page 139, 140).

NOTE

  • Make the room as quiet as possible. Background noise can disrupt the room measurements. Close windows and turn off the power on electronic devices (TVs, radios, air conditioners, fluorescent lights, etc.). The measurements could be affected by the sounds emitted by such devices.
  • During the measurement process, place cell phones outside the listening room. Cell phone signals could disrupt the measurements.
  • Do not stand between the speakers and Setup and measurement microphone or allow obstacles in the path while the measurements are being made. Do not hold the Setup and measurement microphone in your hand during measurements. This will cause inaccurate readings.
  • During the measurement process, audible test tones will come from the speakers and subwoofer(s), but this is part of normal operation. If there is background noise in the room, these test signals will increase in volume.
  • Operating VOLUME ▲▼ on the remote control unit or MASTER VOLUME on the main unit during the measurements will cancel the measurements.
  • Measurement cannot be performed when headphones are connected. Unplug the headphones before performing Audyssey® Setup.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

153

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 3

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

■ About Setup and measurement microphone placement

  • Measurements are performed by placing the Setup and measurement microphone successively at multiple positions throughout the entire listening area, as shown in [Example ①].
  • Even if the listening environment is small as shown in [Example ②], measuring at multiple points throughout the listening environment results in more effective correction.

■ About the main listening position (\*M)

The main listening position is the position where listeners would normally sit or where one would normally sit alone within the listening environment. Before starting Audyssey ^® Setup, place the Setup and measurement microphone in the main listening position. Audyssey MultEQ ^® XT uses the measurements from this position to calculate speaker distance, level, polarity, and the optimum crossover value for the subwoofer.

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ About the main listening position (\*M) - 1

text_image [Example ①] FL SW C FR (■ : Measuring positions) * M SRSL [Example ②] FLSWCFR (■ : Measuring positions) SL * M SR

FL Front speaker (L)
FR Front speaker (R)
C Center speaker
SW Subwoofer
SL Surround speaker (L)
SR Surround speaker (R)

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

154

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ About the main listening position (\*M) - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ About the main listening position (\*M) - 3

Procedure for speaker settings (Audyssey® Setup)
DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ About the main listening position (\*M) - 4

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Preparation"] --> B["Measurement"]
    B --> C["Calculation"]
    C --> D["Check"]
    D --> E["Store"]
    E --> F["Finish"]

1 Mount the Setup and measurement microphone on a tripod or stand and place it in the main listening position. When you set the setup microphone, point the tip of it toward the ceiling, at the height of your ears in your listening position.

2 If using a subwoofer capable of the following adjustments, set up the subwoofer as shown below.

☐ When using a subwoofer with a direct mode Set the direct mode to "On" and disable the volume adjustment and crossover frequency setting.
☐ When using a subwoofer without a direct mode Make the following settings:

• Volume : "12 o'clock position"
- Crossover frequency: "Maximum/Highest Frequency"
- Low pass filter : "Off"
- Standby mode: "Off"

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ About the main listening position (\*M) - 5

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ About the main listening position (\*M) - 6

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ About the main listening position (\*M) - 7

3 Connect the Setup and measurement microphone to the SETUP MIC jack of this unit.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Connect the Setup and measurement microphone to the SETUP MIC jack of this unit. - 1

When the Setup and measurement microphone is connected, the following screen is displayed.

4 Select "Start" and then press ENTER.

Audyssey ^® Setup can also make the following settings.

- Amp Assign

The signal output from the SURROUND BACK speaker terminals of this unit can be switched to match your speaker environment. Refer to "Amp Assign" (1 page 162).

- Channel Select

If channels that are not to be used are set in advance, measurement for the set channels is skipped, and measuring time can be reduced. You can also change the number of surround back speakers.

5 Select "Next" and then press ENTER.

6 Select "Begin Test" and then press ENTER.

• Measurement requires several minutes.

NOTE

- If "Caution!" is displayed on TV screen:

Go to "Error messages" (page 160). Check any related items, and perform the necessary procedures.

When measuring has stopped

① Press BACK to display the popup screen.
② Press ◀ to select "Yes", and then press ENTER.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

156

DENON AVR-X3000 - When measuring has stopped - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - When measuring has stopped - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - When measuring has stopped - 3

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

7 The detected speakers are displayed.

DENON AVR-X3000 - The detected speakers are displayed. - 1

text_image Audyssey Setup Speaker Detection Front :Yes Center :Yes Subwoofer :Yes Surround :Yes Surr. Back :None Audyssey RECOLO STRAWBELL 100% Repeat Last Test No

8 Select "Next" and then press ENTER.

9 Move the Setup and measurement microphone to position 2, select "Continue", and then press ENTER.

The measurement of the second position starts. Measurements can be made in up to eight positions.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Move the Setup and measurement microphone to position 2, select "Continue", and then press ENTER. - 1

text_image Audyssey Setup Place the microphone at ear level at the 2nd listening position, then select "Continue"...

DENON AVR-X3000 - Move the Setup and measurement microphone to position 2, select "Continue", and then press ENTER. - 2

- To skip measuring the second and subsequent listening position, use to select "Calculation" and press ENTER to proceed to step 12.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

157

DENON AVR-X3000 - Move the Setup and measurement microphone to position 2, select "Continue", and then press ENTER. - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Move the Setup and measurement microphone to position 2, select "Continue", and then press ENTER. - 4

DENON AVR-X3000 - Move the Setup and measurement microphone to position 2, select "Continue", and then press ENTER. - 5

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

10 Repeat step 9, measuring positions 3 to 8.

11 Select "Calculation" and then press ENTER.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Move the Setup and measurement microphone to position 2, select "Continue", and then press ENTER. - 6

text_image Audyssey Setup Calibration completed! Now calculating... Please wait. 50%

- Analysis takes several minutes to complete. The more speakers and measurement positions that there are, the more time it takes to perform the analysis.

12 Use to select the item you want to check, and then press ENTER.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Move the Setup and measurement microphone to position 2, select "Continue", and then press ENTER. - 7

text_image Audyssey Setup Audyssey Setup Check processing results. To proceed, press 'Store'. Speaker Config. Distances Levels Crossovers Store

- Subwoofers may measure a greater reported distance than the actual distance due to added electrical delay common in subwoofers.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

158

DENON AVR-X3000 - Move the Setup and measurement microphone to position 2, select "Continue", and then press ENTER. - 8

DENON AVR-X3000 - Move the Setup and measurement microphone to position 2, select "Continue", and then press ENTER. - 9

DENON AVR-X3000 - Move the Setup and measurement microphone to position 2, select "Continue", and then press ENTER. - 10

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

13 Select "Store" and then press ENTER. Save the measurement results.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Select "Store" and then press ENTER. Save the measurement results. - 1

text_image Audyssey Setup Check processing results. To proceed, press "Store". Speaker Config Distances Levels Crossovers Store

- Saving the results requires about 20 seconds.

NOTE

- During saving of measurement results, be sure not to turn off the power.

14 Unplug the Setup and measurement microphone from the unit's SETUP MIC jack.

15 Set Audyssey Dynamic Volume®.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Set Audyssey Dynamic Volume®. - 1

text_image Audyssey Setup You can set Dynamic Volume function, which automatically adjust volume level for all content. Do you want to enable? Yes No

- This feature adjusts the output volume to the optimal level while constantly monitoring the level of the audio input to the unit. Optimal volume control is performed automatically without any loss in the dynamism and clarity of the sound when, for example, the volume suddenly increases for commercials shown during television programs.

NOTE

- After performing Audyssey ^3 Setup, do not change the speaker connections or subwoofer volume. In event of a change, perform Audyssey ^3 Setup again.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

159

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 3

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

Error messages

An error message is displayed if Audyssey ^® Setup could not be completed due to speaker placement, the measurement environment, etc. If an error message is displayed, check the relevant items and perform the necessary measures. Be sure to turn off the power before checking speaker connections.

Examples Error details Measures
Microphone or Speaker is NoneSetup and measurement microphone is not detected.Not all speakers could be detected.Connect the included Setup and measurement microphone to the SETUP MIC jack of this unit.Check the speaker connections.
Ambient noise is too high or level is too lowThere is too much noise in the room.Speaker or subwoofer sound is too low.Either turn off any device generating noise or move it away.Perform again when the surroundings are quieter.Check the speaker installation and the direction in which the speakers are facing.Adjust the subwoofer's volume.
Front R: None • The displayed speaker could not be detected.Check the connections of the displayed speaker.
Front R: Phase • The displayed speaker is connected with the polarity reversed.Check the polarity of the displayed speaker.For some speakers, this error message may be displayed even if the speaker is properly connected. If you are sure the connection is correct, use ▷ to select “Skip Error”, then press ENTER.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

160

DENON AVR-X3000 - Error messages - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Error messages - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Error messages - 3

Retrieving Audyssey® Setup settings

If you set "Restore..." to "Restore", you can return to Audyssey® Setup measurement result (value calculated at the start by MultEQ® XT) even when you have changed each setting manually.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Retrieving Audyssey® Setup settings - 1

text_image Audyssey Setup Your AV receiver can automatically measure the acoustics of your room then optimize your speakers using the included microphone. Set the following items if necessary. Amp Assign Channel Select Check Results Restore... Start

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

161

DENON AVR-X3000 - Retrieving Audyssey® Setup settings - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Retrieving Audyssey® Setup settings - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Retrieving Audyssey® Setup settings - 4

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

Manual Setup

Perform when setting the speakers manually or when changing settings made in Audyssey® Setup.

  • If you change the speaker settings after performing Audyssey ^ Setup, it will not be possible to select Audyssey MultEQ ^ XT, Audyssey Dynamic EQ ^ and Audyssey Dynamic Volume ^ (page 139, 140).
  • "Manual Setup" can be used without changing the settings. Please set if necessary.

Amp Assign

Select power amplifier usage method to match your speaker system.

■ Assign Mode

Set the assignment mode.

Surround Back : Setting for 7.1-channel playback using surround back speakers.

ZONE2 (Default) : Setting to assign the unit's built-in power amplifier for ZONE2 and output the audio in stereo.

Bi-AMP : Setting to use the front speakers via the bi-amp connection.

Front B: Setting to use the second set of front speakers for playback. You can switch the front speakers A and B to be used for playback in accordance with the 2-channel playback or multi-channel playback mode. When you select this Front B setting, also perform the "Front Speaker Setup" (page 167) procedure.

Front Height : Setting for 7.1-channel playback using front height speakers.

Front Wide : Setting for 7.1-channel playback using front wide speakers.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

162

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Assign Mode - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Assign Mode - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Assign Mode - 3

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

Speaker Config.

Indicate speaker presence and select speaker size categories based on bass reproduction capability.

Front

Set the front speaker size.

Large (Default): Use a large speaker that can adequately play back very low bass frequencies.

Small : Use a small speaker that has inadequate playback capacity for very low bass frequencies. Note that for most multi-channel speakers, this is the best choice.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Front - 1

  • When "Subwoofer" is set to "No", "Front" is automatically set to "Large".
  • When "Front" is set to "Small", "Center", "Surround", "Surr. Back", "Front Height" and "Front Wide" can not be set to "Large".

Center

Set the presence and size of the center speaker.

Large : Use a large speaker that can adequately play back very low bass frequencies.

Small (Default) : Use a small speaker that has inadequate playback capacity for very low bass frequencies. Note that this is almost always the best choice.

None : Select when a center speaker is not connected.

Subwoofer

Set the presence of a subwoofer.

Yes (Default) : Use a subwoofer.

No : Select when a subwoofer is not connected.

■ Surround

Set the presence and size of the surround speakers.

Large : Use a large speaker that can adequately play back very low bass frequencies.

Small (Default) : Use a small speaker that has inadequate playback capacity for very low bass frequencies. Note that this is almost always the best choice.

None : Select when the surround speakers are not connected.

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Surround - 1

- When "Surround" is set to "None", "Surr. Back", "Front Height" and "Front Wide" are automatically set to "None".

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

163

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Surround - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Surround - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Surround - 4

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

■ Surr. Back

Set the presence, size and number of surround back speakers.

Large : Use a large speaker that can adequately play back very low bass frequencies.

Small (Default) : Use a small speaker that has inadequate playback capacity for very low bass frequencies. Note that this is almost always the best choice.

None : Select when the surround back speakers are not connected.

2spkrs (Default) : Use two surround back speakers

1spkr : Use only one surround back speaker. When you select this setting, connect the surround back speaker to the left (L) channel.

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Surr. Back - 1

- When "Assign Mode" (page 162) setting is "Surround Back", you can make the "Surr. Back" setting.

Front Height

Set the presence and size of the front height speakers.

Large : Use a large speaker that can adequately play back very low bass frequencies.

Small (Default): Use a small speaker that has inadequate playback capacity for very low bass frequencies. Note that this is almost always the best choice.

None : Select when the front height speakers are not connected.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Front Height - 1

- When "Assign Mode" (page 162) setting is "Front Height", you can make the "Front Height" setting.

Front Wide

Set the presence and size of the front wide speakers.

Large : Use a large speaker that can adequately play back very low bass frequencies.

Small (Default): Use a small speaker that has inadequate playback capacity for very low bass frequencies. Note that this is almost always the best choice.

None: Select when the front height speakers are not connected.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Front Wide - 1

- When "Assign Mode" (page 162) setting is "Front Wide", you can make the "Front Wide" setting.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

164

DENON AVR-X3000 - Front Wide - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Front Wide - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Front Wide - 4

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

Distances

Set distance from listening position to speakers.

Measure beforehand the distance from the listening position to each speaker.

Unit

Set the unit of distance.

Feet (Default)

Meters

Step

Set the minimum variable width of the distance.

1ft (Default) / 0.1ft

0.1m / 0.01m

■ Set Defaults

The "Distances" settings are returned to the default settings.

■ Set the distance

0.0ft - 60.0ft / 0.00m - 18.00m

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Set the distance - 1

  • The speakers that can be selected differ depending on the "Amp Assign" (page 162) and "Speaker Config." (page 163) settings.
  • Default settings: Front L / Front R / F. Height L / F. Height R / F. Wide L / F. Wide R / Center / Subwoofer : 12.0 ft (3.60 m) Surround L / Surround R / Surr. Back L / Surr. Back R : 10.0 ft (3.00 m)
  • Set the difference in the distance between the speakers to less than 20.0 ft (6.00 m).

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

165

Levels

Set the volume of the test tone to be the same when it is output from each speaker.

■ Test Tone Start

Output test tone. A test tone is output from the selected speaker. While listening to the test tone, adjust the volume output from the selected speaker.

-12.0dB - +12.0dB (Default : 0.0dB)

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Test Tone Start - 1

  • When "Levels" is adjusted, the adjusted values are set for all the sound modes.
  • When headphones are connected to the PHONES connector on this unit, you cannot set "Levels".

■ Set Defaults

The "Levels" settings are returned to the default settings.

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Set Defaults - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Set Defaults - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Set Defaults - 3

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

Crossovers

Set the maximum frequency of the bass signal output from each channel to the subwoofer. Set the Crossover Frequency to suit the bass reproduction capability of the speaker being used.

■ Speaker Selection

Selects how to set the crossover frequency. See the speaker manual for information concerning speaker crossover frequency.

All (Default): Selects the crossover point of all speakers at the same time.

Individual : Selects the crossover points for each speaker individually.

■ Set the crossover frequency

40Hz / 60Hz / 80Hz (Default) / 90Hz / 100Hz / 110Hz / 120Hz / 150Hz / 200Hz / 250Hz

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Set the crossover frequency - 1

  • "Crossovers" can be set when the "Subwoofer Mode" (page 167) setting is "LFE+Main", or when you have a speaker that is set to "Small".
  • The default crossover frequency is "80Hz", which will work best with the widest variety of speakers. When using very small speakers, however, you can choose a higher setting based on the specified frequency response of the speakers. If the speaker has a specified frequency response of 120 Hz – 20 kHz (as an example), then choose the 120 Hz crossover frequency.
  • For speakers set to "Small", low frequency content below the crossover frequency is attenuated to the speakers and the low bass content is then re-delivered to the subwoofer, or the front (L/R) speakers if they have been set to Large.
  • The speakers that can be set when "Individual" is selected differ depending on to the "Subwoofer Mode" (page 167) setting.
  • When "LFE" is selected, speakers set to "Small" at "Speaker Config." (IF page 163) can be set. If the speakers are set to "Large", "Full Band" is displayed and the setting cannot be made.
  • When "LFE+Main" is selected, speakers can be set regardless of the "Speaker Config." (1 page 163) setting.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

166

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Set the crossover frequency - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Set the crossover frequency - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Set the crossover frequency - 4

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

Bass

Set subwoofer and LFE signal range playback.

Subwoofer Mode

Select low range signals to be reproduced by subwoofer.

LFE (Default) : The low range signal of the channel set to "Small" speaker size is added to the LFE signal output from the subwoofer.

LFE+Main : The low range signal of all channels is added to the LFE signal output from the subwoofer. This is usually the best setting for most systems.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Subwoofer Mode - 1

  • "Subwoofer Mode" can be set when "Speaker Config." – "Subwoofer" (page 163) is set to other than "No".
  • Play music or a movie source and select the mode offering the strongest bass.
  • If "Front" and "Center" for "Speaker Config." (Tpage 163) are set to "Large", and "Subwoofer Mode" is set to "LFE", no sound may be output from the subwoofers, depending on the input signal or selected sound mode. Select "LFE+Main" if you want the bass signals to always be produced from the subwoofer.

LPF for LFE

Set LFE signal playback range. Set this when you want to change the playback frequency (low pass filter point) of the subwoofer.

80Hz / 90Hz / 100Hz / 110Hz / 120Hz (Default) / 150Hz / 200Hz / 250Hz

Front Speaker Setup

Set the front speakers to use for every sound mode.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Front Speaker Setup - 1

- This can be set when "Assign Mode" (page 162) is set to "Front B".

■ 2ch Playback

The front speakers used in direct play (2-channel), stereo play and pure direct play (2-channel) are set in advance.

A (Default): Front speaker A is used.

B: Front speaker B is used.

A+B : Both front speakers A and B are used.

■ Multi ch Playback

The front speakers used in play modes other than direct play (2-channel), stereo play and pure direct play (2-channel) are set in advance.

A (Default) : Front speaker A is used.

B : Front speaker B is used.

A+B : Both front speakers A and B are used.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

167

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Multi ch Playback - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Multi ch Playback - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Multi ch Playback - 3

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

Network

To use this unit by connecting it to a home network (LAN), you must configure network settings.

If you set up your home network (LAN) via DHCP, set "DHCP" to "On" (use the default setting). This allows this unit to use your home network (LAN). If you assign an IP address for each device, you must use the "IP Address" setting to assign an IP address to this unit and enter the information about your home network (LAN) such as the gateway address and subnet mask.

Information

Display network information.

Friendly Name / DHCP On or Off / IP Address / MAC Address

DENON AVR-X3000 - Information - 1

- MAC Address is required to make a vTuner account.

IP Control

Enables network communication in standby power mode.

Off In Standby : Suspend network function during standby.

Always On (Default) : Network is on during standby. Main unit operable with a network compatible controller.

DENON AVR-X3000 - IP Control - 1

- Set to "Always On" when using the web control function.

NOTE

- When "IP Control" is set to "Always On", it consumes more standby power.

Friendly Name

The Friendly Name is the name of this unit displayed on the network. You can change the Friendly Name according to your preferences.

Edit Name

Edits Friendly Name.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Edit Name - 1

  • The default Friendly Name on first use is "Denon AVR-X3000".
  • Up to 63 characters can be input.
  • For character input, see page 132.

■ Set Defaults

Restores Friendly Name, which you had changed, to the default setting.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

168

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Set Defaults - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Set Defaults - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Set Defaults - 3

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

Settings

Make settings for wired LAN.

  • If you are using a broadband router (DHCP function), there is no need to make the settings at "IP Address" and "Proxy", since the DHCP function is set to "On" in this unit's default settings.
  • Only set "Settings" when connecting to a network without a DHCP function.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Settings - 1

text_image Network/Settings DHCP -IP Address 192.168.000.001 -Subnet Mask 255.255.255.000 -Default Gateway 255.255.255.000 -Primary DNS 000.000.000.000 -Secondary DNS 000.000.000.000 Proxy Off -Address 000.000.000.000 -Port 000.000 Save Cancel Configure the network settings manually

DHCP

Selects how to connect to the network.

On : Configure the network settings automatically from your router.

Off: Configure the network settings manually.

IP Address

Set the IP address within the ranges shown below.

- The Network Audio function cannot be used if other IP addresses are set.

CLASS A: 10.0.0.1 - 10.255.255.254

CLASS B: 172.16.0.1 - 172.31.255.254

CLASS C: 192.168.0.1 - 192.168.255.254

■ Subnet Mask

When connecting an xDSL modem or connector adapter directly to this unit, input the subnet mask indicated in the documentation supplied by your provider. Normally input 255.255.255.0.

■ Default Gateway

When connected to a gateway (router), input its IP address.

■ Primary DNS, Secondary DNS

If there is only one DNS address indicated in the documentation supplied by your provider, input it at "Primary DNS". If two or more DNS are provided by your provider, enter both "Primary DNS" and "Secondary DNS".

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

169

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Primary DNS, Secondary DNS - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Primary DNS, Secondary DNS - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Primary DNS, Secondary DNS - 3

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

Proxy

Make this setting when connecting to the Internet via a proxy server. Make the proxy settings only when you connect to the Internet via a proxy server that is on your internal network or provided by your provider, etc.

On(Address) : Select when inputting by address.

On(Name) : Select when inputting by domain name. Up to 38 characters can be input.

Off : Disables the proxy server.

■ Port

Enter port number.

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Port - 1

  • If you cannot connect to the Internet, recheck the connections and settings (page 41).
  • If you do not understand about Internet connection, contact your ISP (Internet Service Provider) or the store from which you purchased your computer.

Diagnostics

Used to check the network connection.

■ Physical Connection

Checks the physical LAN port connection.

OK

Error: The LAN cable is not connected. Check the connection.

Router Access

Checks the connection from this unit to the router.

OK

Error : Failed to communicate with the router. Check the router settings.

Internet Access

Checks whether this unit has access to the Internet (WAN).

OK

Error : Failed to connect to the Internet. Check the Internet connection environment or router settings.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

170

DENON AVR-X3000 - Internet Access - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Internet Access - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Internet Access - 3

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

Maintenance Mode

Use when receiving maintenance from a Denon service engineer or custom installer. Ordinarily, this mode isn't suitable for use by the end user, only by a trained service technician or custom installation professional.

NOTE

- Only use this function if so instructed by a Denon serviceperson or installer.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

171

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 3

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

General

Make various other settings.

Language

Set the language for display on the menu screen.

English (Default) / Français / Español

DENON AVR-X3000 - English (Default) / Français / Español - 1

- "Language" can also be set by the following procedure. However, the menu screen is not displayed.

Following the display content to make the setting.

  1. Press and hold the main unit's ZONE2 SOURCE and STATUS for at least 3 seconds.
    "V.Format:" appears on the display.
  2. Press the main unit's DIMMER.
    "Lang.:" appears on the display.
  3. Use the main unit's TUNER PRESET CH +, - and set the language.
  4. Press the main unit's STATUS to complete the setting.

ZONE2 Setup

Set the audio to play back with multi-zone (ZONE2).

DENON AVR-X3000 - ZONE2 Setup - 1

- The setting values (dB) for "Volume Limit" and "Power On Volume" are what is displayed when "Scale" (page 138) in the menu is set to "-79.5dB - 18.0dB".

Bass

Adjust bass tones.

-10dB - +10dB (Default : 0dB)

Treble

Make settings for cutting the low range to reduce distortion in the bass.

On: The low range is attenuated.

Off (Default): The low range is not attenuated.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

172

DENON AVR-X3000 - Treble - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Treble - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Treble - 3

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

Lch Level

Adjust the left channel output level.

-12dB - +12dB (Default : 0dB)

Rch Level

Adjust the right channel output level.

-12dB - +12dB (Default : 0dB)

Channel

Set the signal output from multi-zone.

Stereo (Default) : Select stereo output.

Mono : Select monaural output.

■ HDMI Audio

Selects the audio signal format for playing an HDMI source in ZONE2.

Through (Default) : The HDMI audio signal is passed through the AV receiver to the device in ZONE2.

PCM : The HDMI audio signal is converted to PCM format so you can listen to HDMI sound from the ZONE2 pre out or ZONE2 assigned speakers.

Volume Level

Set the volume output level.

Variable (Default) : Volume adjustment is enabled by main unit and remote control unit.

1 - 98 (-79dB - 18dB) : The volume is adjusted to the set level.

Volume Limit

Make a setting for maximum volume.

60 (-20dB) / 70 (-10dB) / 80 (0dB) (Default : 70 (-10dB))

Off: Do not set a maximum volume.

■ Power On Volume

Define the volume setting that is active when the power is turned on.

Last (Default) : Use the memorized setting from the last session.

Mute: Always mute when power is turned on.

1 - 98 (-79dB - 18dB) : The volume is adjusted to the set level.

■ Mute Level

Set the amount of attenuation when muting is on.

Full (Default) : The sound is muted entirely.

-40dB: The sound is attenuated by 40 dB down.

-20dB: The sound is attenuated by 20 dB down.

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Mute Level - 1

- This can be set when "Volume Level" is set to "Variable".

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

173

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Mute Level - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Mute Level - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Mute Level - 4

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

Zone Rename

Change the display title of each zone to one you prefer.

MAIN ZONE / ZONE2

Set Defaults : The input source name is returned to the default setting.

DENON AVR-X3000 - MAIN ZONE / ZONE2 - 1

  • Up to 10 characters can be input.
  • For character input, see page 132.

Quick Select Names

Change the "Quick Select" display title to one you prefer.

Quick Select 1 / Quick Select 2 / Quick Select 3 / Quick Select 4

Set Defaults : The input source name is returned to the default setting.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Quick Select 1 / Quick Select 2 / Quick Select 3 / Quick Select 4 - 1

  • Up to 16 characters can be input.
  • For character input, see page 132.

Trigger Out

Selects when to activate trigger out.

For details about how to connect the TRIGGER OUT jacks, see "TRIGGER OUT jack" (page 43).

☐ When setting for zone (MAIN ZONE / ZONE2)
Trigger out is activated through linkage to the power of the zone set to "On".
☐ When setting for input source
Activate trigger out when the input source set to "On" is selected.

On : Activate trigger on this mode.

---: Do not activate trigger on this mode.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

174

DENON AVR-X3000 - Trigger Out - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Trigger Out - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Trigger Out - 3

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

Auto Standby

When you do not perform any operation on this unit with no audio or video input for a specified time, this unit automatically enters the standby mode. Before it enters the standby mode, "Auto Standby" is displayed on the display of this unit and the menu screen.

60 min : The unit goes into standby after 60 minutes.

30 min : The unit goes into standby after 30 minutes.

Off (Default): The unit does not go into standby automatically.

Front Display

Makes settings related to the display on this unit.

Dimmer

Adjust the display brightness of this unit.

Bright (Default) : Normal display brightness.

Dim : Reduced display brightness.

Dark : Very low display brightness.

Off : Turns the display off.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Dimmer - 1

- You can also adjust the display by turning DIMMER on the main unit.

Information

Show information about receiver settings, input signals, etc.

Audio

Show the audio information for MAIN ZONE.

Sound Mode : The currently set sound mode.

Input Signal : The input signal type.

Format : The number of input signal channels (presence of front, surround, LFE).

Sample Rate : The input signal's sampling frequency.

Offset : The dialogue normalization correction value.

Flag: This is displayed when inputting signals including a surround back channel. "MATRIX" is displayed with Dolby Digital EX and DTS-ES Matrix signals, "DISCRETE" with DTS-ES Discrete signals.

Dialogue normalization function

This function is automatically activated when playing Dolby Digital, Dolby Digital Plus, Dolby TrueHD, DTS and DTS-HD sources.

It automatically corrects the standard signal level for individual program sources.

The correction value can be checked using the STATUS on the main unit.

$$ 0 \text { offset } = 4 \mathrm{dB} $$

The figure is the corrected value. This cannot be changed.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

175

DENON AVR-X3000 - Dialogue normalization function - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Dialogue normalization function - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Dialogue normalization function - 3

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

Video

Show the HDMI input/output signals and HDMI monitor information for MAIN ZONE.

HDMI Signal Info.

Resolution / Color Space / Pixel Depth

HDMI Monitor

Interface / Resolutions

ZONE

Show information about current settings.

MAIN ZONE : This item shows information about settings for MAIN ZONE. The information displayed differs according to the input source.

ZONE2 : This item shows information about settings for ZONE2.

■ Firmware

Version : Displays information for the current firmware.

■ Notifications

Selects notification message preferences.

Notification Alerts

On (Default): Displays notification messages from Denon in the popup menu.

Off : Does not display notification messages from Denon in the popup menu.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Notification Alerts - 1

- Press INFO to display current source name, volume, sound mode name, and other information at the bottom of the screen.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Notification Alerts - 2

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Source"] --> B["Blu-ray"]
    C["Sound"] --> D["DOLBY TrueHD"]
    E["Signal"] --> F["Dolby TrueHD"]
    B --> G["INT SIGNAL"]
    D --> H["Active Speakers"]
    F --> H
    G --> I["40.0"]

NOTE

- The status display screen cannot be displayed at a computer's resolution (e.g. VGA) is being played.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

176

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 3

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

Usage Data

To help us improve our products and customer service, Denon collects anonymous information about how you use your AV receiver (such as frequently used input sources and sound modes and speaker settings). Denon will never provide any information we collect to third parties.

Yes (Default) : Provide Denon with information about how you use this unit via the network.

No : Do not provide Denon with information about how you use this unit via the network.

Firmware

Set whether or not to check for firmware update, update the firmware, and display update and upgrade notifications.

Update

Update the firmware of the receiver.

Check for Update : Check for firmware updates. You can also check approximately how long it will take to complete an update.

Update Start : Execute the update process. When the update starts, the menu screen is shut down. During the update, the progress is shown on the display.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Update - 1

- If updating fails, the set automatically retries, but if updating is still not possible, one of the messages shown below is displayed. If the display reads as shown below, check the settings and network environment, then update again.

Display Description
Updating fail Updating failed.
Login failedFailure to log into server.
Server is busyServer is busy. Wait a while then try again.
Connection failFailure in connecting to server.
Download failDownloading of the firmware has failed.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

177

DENON AVR-X3000 - Update - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Update - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Update - 4

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

■ Notifications

When the latest firmware is available, a notification message is displayed on the TV screen at power on.

Update

On (Default) : Display update message.

Off : Do not display update message.

Upgrade

The notification message is displayed for about 20 seconds when the power is turned on. Connect to broadband Internet ( page 41) when using this function.

On (Default) : Display upgrade message.

Off : Do not display upgrade message.

■ Add New Feature

Display new features that can be downloaded to this unit and perform an upgrade.

Upgrade Package : Display the items to be upgraded.

Upgrade Status : Display a list of the additional functions provided by the upgrade.

Upgrade Start : Execute the upgrade process. When the upgrade starts, the menu screen is shut down. During the upgrade, the amount of upgrade time which has elapsed is displayed.

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Add New Feature - 1

• See the Denon website for details about upgrades.

- When the procedure is complete, "Registered" is displayed in this menu and upgrades can be carried out. If the procedure has not been carried out, "Not Registered" is displayed.

The ID number shown on this screen is needed when carrying out the procedure.

The ID number can also be displayed by pressing and holding the main unit's TUNER PRESET CH – and STATUS for at least 3 seconds.

- If the upgrade is not successful, an error message identical to those in "Update" will appear on the display. Check the settings and network environment and then perform the upgrade again.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

178

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Add New Feature - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Add New Feature - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Add New Feature - 4

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

Notes concerning use of "Update" and "Add New Feature"

  • In order to use these functions, you must have the correct system requirements and settings for a broadband Internet connection (1 page 41).
  • Do not turn off the power until updating or upgrading is completed.
  • Even with a broadband connection to the Internet, approximately 1 hour is required for the updating/upgrading procedure to be completed.
  • Once updating/upgrade starts, normal operations on this unit cannot be performed until updating/upgrading is completed. Furthermore, there may be cases where backup data is reset for the parameters, etc., set on this unit.
  • If the update or upgrade fails, press and hold the ⏻ on the main unit for more than 5 seconds, or remove and re-insert the power cord. "Update retry" appears on the display and update restarts from the point at which update failed. If the error continues despite this, check the network environment.

Setup Lock

Protect settings from inadvertent changes.

Lock

On : Turn protection on.

Off (Default) : Turn protection off.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Lock - 1

- When cancelling the setting, set "Lock" to "Off".

NOTE

- When "Lock" is set to "On", no setting items are displayed except for "Setup Lock".

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 1

- Information regarding the "Update" function and "Add New Feature" will be announced on the Denon web site each time related plans are defined.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

179

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - NOTE - 4

Contents

Settings

TipsPlaybackConnectAppendix

Specifying the zone used with the remote control unit

When the ZONE2 button is pressed, only the MAIN ZONE can be operated with the remote control unit.

1 Press and hold ZONE2 and SETUP. MAIN and ZONE2 button blink.

■ To cancel

1 Press and hold ZONE2 and SETUP. MAIN and ZONE2 button blink.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

180

DENON AVR-X3000 - Specifying the zone used with the remote control unit - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Specifying the zone used with the remote control unit - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Specifying the zone used with the remote control unit - 3

Tips

Contents

■ Tips....(182)

I want the volume not to become too loud by mistake....(182)

I want to keep the volume at the same level when I turn the power on....(182)

I want to have the subwoofer always output audio .....(182)

I want to make human voices in the movies clearer....(182)

I want to keep bass and clarity during playback at a lower volume level....(182)

I want to automatically adjust the volume level difference in content such as TV and movies .....(182)

I want to set the optimized listening environment after changing the configuration/position of the speakers or changing a speaker to a new one....(182)

I want to combine a desired video with the current music....(183)

I want to play back photos from Flickr at the same time while listening to the Internet radio....(183)

I want to delete unused input sources....(183)

I want to enjoy the same music in all zones at the home party, etc. .....(183)

I want to minimize the delay in video signals when I'm playing a game on my game console. (183)

How to add Wi-Fi to the AV receiver?....(183)

■ Troubleshooting .....(184)

Power does not turn on/Power is turned off....(184)

Operations cannot be performed through the remote control unit....(185)

Display on this unit shows nothing .....(185)

No sound comes out....(186)

Desired sound does not come out....(187)

Sound is interrupted or noise occurs....(189)

No video is shown on the TV .....(190)

The menu screen is not displayed on the TV....(191)

iPod cannot be played back....(191)

USB memory devices cannot be played back....(193)

File names on the iPod/USB memory device are not displayed properly ....(194)

The Internet radio cannot be played back .....(194)

Music files on PC or NAS cannot be played back....(195)

The HDMI control function does not work....(196)

When using HDMI ZONE2, the devices does not function properly ....(196)

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

181

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Troubleshooting .....(184) - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Troubleshooting .....(184) - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Troubleshooting .....(184) - 3

Contents

SettingsPlaybackConnectTips

Appendix

Tips

I want the volume not to become too loud by mistake.

- Set the volume upper limit for "Volume Limit" in the menu beforehand. This prevents children or others from increasing the volume too much by mistake. You can set this for each zone (1 page 138, 173).

I want to keep the volume at the same level when I turn the power on.

- By default, the volume setting when power was previously set to standby is applied at next power on. To use a fixed volume level, set the volume level at power on for "Volume Limit" in the menu. You can set this for each zone (page 138, 173).

I want to have the subwoofer always output audio.

- Depending on the input signals and sound mode, the subwoofer may not output audio.

When "Subwoofer Mode" in the menu is set to "LFE+Main", you can have the subwoofer always output audio (page 167).

I want to make human voices in the movies clearer.

- Use "Dialog Level" in the menu to adjust the level (page 133).

I want to keep bass and clarity during playback at a lower volume level.

- Set "Dynamic EQ" in the menu to "On". This setting corrects the frequency characteristics to allow you to enjoy clear sound without the bass being lost even during playback at a lower volume level (page 139).

I want to automatically adjust the volume level difference in content such as TV and movies.

- Set "Dynamic Volume" in the menu. Volume level changes (between quiet scenes and loud scenes) in TV shows or movies are automatically adjusted to your desired level (page 140).

I want to set the optimized listening environment after changing the configuration/position of the speakers or changing a speaker to a new one.

- Perform Audyssey® Setup. This automatically makes the optimized speaker settings for the new listening environment (page 153).

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

182

DENON AVR-X3000 - I want to set the optimized listening environment after changing the configuration/position of the speakers or changing a speaker to a new one. - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - I want to set the optimized listening environment after changing the configuration/position of the speakers or changing a speaker to a new one. - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - I want to set the optimized listening environment after changing the configuration/position of the speakers or changing a speaker to a new one. - 3

Contents

SettingsPlaybackConnectTips

Appendix

I want to combine a desired video with the current music.

- Set "Video Select" in the option menu to "On". You can combine the current music with your desired video source from Set-top Box or DVD, etc. while listening to music from Tuner, CD or the Internet radio (page 98).

I want to play back photos from Flickr at the same time while listening to the Internet radio.

- After playing back photos from Flickr, start the slide show on the Internet radio playback screen (page 97).

I want to delete unused input sources.

- Set unused input sources for "Hide Sources" in the menu. This allows you to skip unused input sources when rotating the SOURCE SELECT knob on this unit (page 151).

I want to enjoy the same music in all zones at the home party, etc.

- Set "All Zone Stereo" in the option menu to "On". This allows you to simultaneously play back in ZONE2 the music that is played back in MAIN ZONE (page 100).

I want to minimize the delay in video signals when I'm playing a game on my game console.

- When the video is delayed against button operations with the controller on the game console, set "Video Mode" in the menu to "Game" (page 146).

How to add Wi-Fi to the AV receiver?

- Connect a wireless LAN converter (sold separately) to the NETWORK connector on this unit.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

183

DENON AVR-X3000 - How to add Wi-Fi to the AV receiver? - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - How to add Wi-Fi to the AV receiver? - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - How to add Wi-Fi to the AV receiver? - 3

Contents

SettingsPlaybackConnectTips

Appendix

Troubleshooting

If a problem should arise, first check the following:

  1. Are the connections correct?

  2. Is the set being operated as described in the owner's manual?

  3. Are the other devices operating properly?

If this unit does not operate properly, check the items listed in the table below. Should the problem persist, there may be a malfunction. In this case, disconnect the power immediately and contact your store of purchase.

■ Power does not turn on / Power is turned off

Symptom Cause / Solution Page
Power does not turn on.Check whether the power plug is correctly inserted into the power outlet.44
Power automatically turns off.The sleep timer is set. Turn on the power again."Auto Standby" is set. "Auto Standby" is triggered when there is no operation for a set amount of time. To disable "Auto Standby", set "Auto Standby" on the menu to "Off".116175
Power turns off and the power indicator flashes in red approx. every 2 seconds.Due to the temperature rise within this unit, the protection circuit is working. Turn off the power and wait about an hour until this unit sufficiently cools down. Then, turn on the power again.Please re-install this unit in a place having good ventilation.218-
Power turns off and the power indicator flashes in red approx. every 0.5 seconds.Check the speaker connection. The protection circuit may have been activated because speaker cable core wires came in contact with each other or a core wire was disconnected from the connector and came in contact with the rear panel of this unit. After unplugging the power cord, take corrective action such as firmly re-twisting the core wire or taking care of the connector, and then reconnect the wire.Turn down the volume and turn on the power again.This unit's amplifier circuit has failed. Turn off the power and please contact the Denon service adviser.2446, 47-

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

184

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 3

Contents

SettingsPlaybackConnectTips

Appendix

■ Operations cannot be performed through the remote control unit

Symptom Cause/Solution Page
Operations cannot be performed through the remote control unit.Batteries are worn out. Replace with new batteries.Operate the remote control unit within a distance of about 23 ft/7 m from this unit and at an angle of within 30°.Remove any obstacle between this unit and the remote control unit.Insert the batteries in the proper direction, checking the ⊕ and ⊖ marks.The set's remote control sensor is exposed to strong light (direct sunlight, inverter type fluorescent bulb light, etc.). Move the set to a place in which the remote control sensor will not be exposed to strong light.The operation target zone does not correspond to the zone setting specified on the remote control unit. Press MAIN or ZONE2 to select the zone to operate.When using a 3D video device, the remote control unit of this unit may not function due to effects of infrared communications between units (such as TV and glasses for 3D viewing). In this case, adjust the direction of units with the 3D communications function and their distance to ensure they do not affect operations from the remote control unit of this unit.77-7--122, 131-

■ Display on this unit shows nothing

Symptom Cause/Solution Page
Display is off.Set "Dimmer" on the menu to something other than "Off".When the sound mode is set to PURE DIRECT, the display is off.175103

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

185

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 4

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 5

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 6

■ No sound comes out

Symptom Cause/Solution Page
No sound comes out of speakers.Check the connections for all devices.Insert connection cables all the way in.Check that input connectors and output connectors are not reversely connected.Check cables for damage.Check that speaker cables are properly connected. Check that cable core wires come in contact with the metal part on speaker terminals. Also, securely tighten speaker terminals. Check speaker terminals for looseness.Check that a proper input source is selected.Adjust the master volume.Cancel the mute mode.Check the digital input connector setting.Check the digital audio output setting on the connected device. On some devices, the digital audio output is set to off by default.No sound is output from the speakers when headphones are connected.24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 36, 37, 39, 41––2446, 12247, 12247, 12332, 34, 35–11
No sound comes out when using the DVI-D connection.When this unit is connected to a device equipped with a DVI-D connector, no sound is output. Make a separate audio connection.-

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

186

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 7

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 8

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 9

■ Desired sound does not come out

Symptom Cause/Solution Page
The volume does not increase.The maximum volume is set too low. Set the maximum volume using “Limit” on the menu.Appropriate volume correction processing is performed according to the input audio format and settings, so the volume may not reach the upper limit.138, 173-
No sound comes out with the HDMI connection.Check the connection of the HDMI connectors.When outputting HDMI audio from the speakers, set “HDMI Audio Out” on the menu to “AVR”. To output from the TV, set “TV”.When using the HDMI control function, check that the audio output is set to the AV amplifier on the TV.31, 32144113
No sound comes out of a specific speaker.Check that the speaker cable is properly connected.Check that a selection other than “None” is set for the “Speaker Config.” setting in menu.Check the “Assign Mode” setting in the menu.When the sound mode is “STEREO” and “VIRTUAL”, audio is only output from the front speakers and subwoofer.24163, 164162-
No sound is produced from subwoofer.Check the subwoofer connections.Turn on the subwoofer’s power.Set “Speaker Config.” – “Subwoofer” on the menu to “Yes”.When “Speaker Config.” – “Front” in the menu is set to “Large”, depending on the input signal and the sound mode, no sound may be output from the subwoofer.When no subwoofer audio signal (LFE) is included in the input signals, no sound may be output from the subwoofer.You can make the subwoofer always output sound by setting the subwoofer mode to “LFE+Main”.25-163163167167

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

187

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 10

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 11

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 12

Symptom Cause/Solution Page
DTS sound is not output.Check that the digital audio output setting on the connected device is set to “DTS”.Set “Decode Mode” on the menu to “Auto” or “DTS”.-152
Dolby TrueHD, DTS-HD, Dolby Digital Plus audio is not output.Make HDMI connections.Check the digital audio output setting on the connected device. On some devices, “PCM” is set by default.34, 35-
Dolby PLII mode or DTS NEO:X mode cannot be selected.It cannot be selected when “None” is set for “Speaker Config.” – “Center” and “Surround”.These cannot be selected when using the headphones.163-
Audyssey MultEQ® XT, Audyssey Dynamic EQ® and Audyssey Dynamic Volume® cannot be selected.These cannot be selected when you have not performed Audyssey® Setup.Switch the sound mode to other than “DIRECT” or “PURE DIRECT”.These cannot be selected when using the headphones.These cannot be selected when an HD audio format with a sampling frequency of over 96 kHz is input (such as may be found on select Dolby TrueHD and DTS-HD discs).153103--
Audyssey DSX® cannot be selected.It can be selected when using the front height or front wide speakers.It can be selected when using the center speaker.Switch the sound mode to DOLBY sound mode or DTS sound mode.This cannot be selected when using the headphones.This cannot be selected when an HD audio format with a sampling frequency of over 96 kHz is input (such as may be found on select Dolby TrueHD and DTS-HD discs).164163102--
“Restorer” cannot be selected.Check that an analog signal or PCM signal (Sample Rate=44.1/48 kHz) is input. For playback of multichannel signals such as Dolby Digital or DTS surround, “Restorer” cannot be used.Switch the sound mode to other than “DIRECT” or “PURE DIRECT”.137103

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

188

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 13

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 14

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 15

ContentsSettingsPlaybackConnect TipsAppendix
Symptom Cause/Solution Page
No audio is output from PRE OUT or speakers for ZONE2.In ZONE2, the audio can be played back when signals input from digital terminals (OPTICAL/ COAXIAL) are in 2ch PCM format.In ZONE2, the audio can be played back when signals input from the HDMI terminal are in 2ch PCM format. To play back the audio in ZONE2 irrespective of the input signal format, set the "HDMI Audio" setting in the menu to "PCM". Depending on the played back device, the audio may not be played back even with this setting. In that case, set the audio format to "PCM" on the played back device.-173

■ Sound is interrupted or noise occurs

Symptom Cause/Solution Page
During playback from the Internet radio or USB memory device, sound is occasionally interrupted.When the transfer speed of the USB memory device is slow, sound may occasionally be interrupted.The network communication speed is slow or the radio station is busy.- -
When making a call on iPhone, noise occurs in audio output on this unit.When making a call, keep a distance of 20 cm or longer between iPhone and this unit. -
Noise often occurs in FM/AM broadcasting.Change the antenna orientation or position.Separate the AM loop antenna from the unit.Use an FM outdoor antenna.Separate the antenna from other connection cables.39393939

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 16

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 17

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 18

189

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 19

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 20

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 21

■ No video is shown on the TV

Symptom Cause/Solution Page
No picture appears. • Check the connections for all devices.31, 32, 34, 35, 36, 37, 39, 41
-
-
-
149
46, 122
149
176
200
No video is shown on the TV with the DVI-D connection.• With the DVI-D connection, on some device combinations, devices may not function properly due to the copy guard copyright protection (HDCP).200
No video from an input source such as a game console is shown on the TV.• When special video signals are input from a game console, etc., the video conversion function may not function. Connect the input connector to the monitor output connector of the same type.-
While the menu is being displayed, no video is shown on the TV.• When the menu is operated during playback of some 3D video contents or of video at some computer resolutions (such as VGA), no playback video is shown in the background of the menu.-
When using HDMI ZONE2, the video output in MAIN ZONE is interrupted.• When ZONE2 is operated with the same input source selected for MAIN ZONE and ZONE2, video in MAIN ZONE may be interrupted.-

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

190

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 22

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 23

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 24

Contents

SettingsPlaybackConnectTips

Appendix

■ The menu screen is not displayed on the TV

Symptom Cause/Solution Page
The menu screen is not displayed on the TV.No operation detail is displayed for some 3D videos or videos with a computer resolution such as VGA.When a 2D video is converted to a 3D video on the TV, the menu screen or status indication screen is not properly displayed.In the pure direct playback mode, the menu screen or operation detail is not displayed. Switch to a sound mode other than the pure direct mode.Set the “TV Format” setting in the menu to a selection that is appropriate for the TV.176-102, 103148

■ iPod cannot be played back

Symptom Cause/Solution Page
iPod cannot be connected.When using iPod by connecting it to the USB port, some iPod variations are not supported.When iPod is connected by using a USB cable other than the genuine cable, iPod may not be recognized. Use a genuine USB cable.38-
The AirPlay iconis not displayed on iTunes / iPhone / iPod touch / iPad.This unit and PC / iPhone / iPod touch / iPad are not connected to the same network (LAN). Connect it to the same LAN as this unit.The firmware on iTunes / iPhone / iPod touch / iPad is not compatible with AirPlay. Update the firmware to the latest version.41-
Audio is not output.The volume on iTunes / iPhone / iPod touch / iPad is set to the minimum level. The volume on iTunes / iPhone / iPod touch / iPad is linked with the volume on this unit. Set a proper volume level.The AirPlay playback is not performed, or this unit is not selected. Click the AirPlay iconon the iTunes / iPhone / iPod touch / iPad screen and select this unit.-90

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

191

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 25

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 26

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 27

Contents

SettingsPlaybackConnectTips

Appendix

Symptom Cause/Solution Page
Audio is interrupted during the AirPlay playback on iPhone / iPod touch / iPad.·Quit the application running in the background of the iPhone/iPod touch/iPad, and then play using AirPlay.·Some external factors may be affecting the wireless connection. Modify the network environment by taking measures such as shortening the distance from the wireless LAN access point.- -
iTunes cannot be played back through the remote control unit.·Enable the “Allow iTunes control from remote speakers” setting on iTunes. Then, you can perform playback, pause, and skip operations through the remote control unit.-

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

192

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 28

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 29

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 30

■ USB memory devices cannot be played back

Symptom Cause/Solution Page
“No Connection” is displayed.The set cannot recognize a USB memory device. Disconnect and reconnect the USB memory device.USB memory devices of a mass storage class or those compatible with MTP are supported.This unit does not support a connection through a USB hub. Connect the USB memory device directly to the USB port.The USB memory device must be formatted to FAT16 or FAT32.Not all USB memory devices are guaranteed to work. Some USB memory devices are not recognized. When using a type of portable hard disc drive compatible with the USB connection that requires power from an AC adapter, use the AC adapter that came with the drive.37--
Files on the USB memory device are not displayed.Files of a type not supported by this unit are not displayed.This unit can display a file structure with up to 8 levels and up to 5000 subfolders and files in total. Modify the folder structure of the USB memory device.When multiple partitions exist on the USB memory device, only files on the first partition are displayed.52--
Files on a USB memory device cannot be played.Files are created in a format that is not supported by this unit. Check the formats supported by this unit.You are attempting to play a file that is copyright protected. Files that are copyright protected cannot be played on this unit.203-

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

193

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 31

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 32

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 33

Contents

SettingsPlaybackConnectTips

Appendix

■ File names on the iPod/USB memory device are not displayed properly

Symptom Cause/Solution Page
The file names are not displayed properly (“...”, etc.).• Characters that cannot be displayed are used. This is not a malfunction. On this unit, characters that cannot be displayed are replaced with a “.” (period).-

■ The Internet radio cannot be played back

Symptom Cause/Solution Page
A list of broadcasting stations is not displayed.The LAN cable is not properly connected, or the network is disconnected. Check the connection status.Perform the network diagnostic mode.41-
Internet Radio cannot be played.The selected radio station is broadcasting in a format that is not supported by this unit. Formats that can be played back in this unit are MP3, WMA and AAC.The firewall function is enabled on the router. Check the firewall setting.The IP address is not properly set.Check the power of the router is on.To obtain the IP address automatically, enable the DHCP server function on the router. Also, set the DHCP setting to "On" on this unit.To obtain the IP address manually, set the IP address and proxy on this unit.Some radio stations broadcast silently during some time period. In this case, no audio is output. Wait for a while and select the same radio station, or select another radio station.205-169-169169, 17063
Cannot connect to favorite radio stations.Radio station is not currently in service. Register radio stations in service. -
For some radio stations, "Connection down" is displayed and station cannot be connected to.The selected radio station is not in service. Select a radio station in service. -

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

194

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 34

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 35

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 36

Contents

SettingsPlaybackConnectTips

Appendix

■ Music files on PC or NAS cannot be played back

Symptom Cause/Solution Page
Files stored on a computer cannot be played.·Files are stored in a non-compatible format. Record in a compatible format.·You are attempting to play a file that is copyright protected. Files that are copyright protected cannot be played on this unit.·Set and computer are connected by USB cable. The set's USB port cannot be used for connection to a computer.·Media sharing settings are not correct. Change media sharing settings so that the unit can access the folders on your computer.204- -67
Server is not found, or it is not possible to connect to the server.·The computer's or router's firewall is activated. Check the computer's or router's firewall settings.·Computer's power is not turned on. Turn on the power.·Server is not running. Launch the server.·Set's IP address is wrong. Check the set's IP address.-- -168
Music files on PC cannot be played back.·Even if PC is connected to the USB connector on this unit, music files on it cannot be played back. Connect PC or NAS to this unit through the network.41
Files on PC or NAS are not displayed.·Files of a type not supported by this unit are not displayed.204
Music stored on a NAS cannot be played.·If you use a NAS in conformity with the DLNA standard, enable the DLNA server function in the NAS setting.·If you use a NAS that does not conform with the DLNA standard, play the music via a PC. Set Windows Media Player's media sharing function and add NAS to the selected play folder.·If connection is restricted, set audio equipment as the connection target.-67-

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

195

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 37

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 38

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 39

Contents

SettingsPlaybackConnectTips

Appendix

■ The HDMI control function does not work

Symptom Cause/Solution Page
The HDMI control function does not work.Check that “HDMI Control” in the menu is set to “On”.You cannot operate devices that are not compatible with the HDMI control function. In addition, depending on the connected device or the settings, the HDMI control function may not work. In this case, operate the external device directly.Check that the HDMI control function setting is enabled on all devices connected to this unit.When you make connection related changes such as connecting an additional HDMI device, the link operation settings may be initialized. Turn off this unit and devices connected via HDMI, and turn them on again.145113113113

■ When using HDMI ZONE2, the devices does not function properly

Symptom Cause/Solution Page
When using MAIN ZONE, video output is interrupted in HDMI ZONE2.With the same input source selected for MAIN ZONE and ZONE2, when you operate MAIN ZONE, video may be interrupted in HDMI ZONE2.-
When using HDMI ZONE2, no video or audio is output from the TV in ZONE2.Check that the power is on for ZONE2.Check the input source for ZONE2.The AUX-HDMI connector on the front panel does not support the HDMI ZONE2 function.In ZONE2, playback is only possible when the input signals are HDMI signals.When the TV does not support the input audio format, audio is not output. Set the audio format to "PCM" on the playback device. Alternatively, set "ZONE2 Setup" - "HDMI Audio" in the menu to "PCM".When the TV is not compatible with the resolution of the input video, no video is output. Set the output resolution on the playback device to a resolution that is compatible with the TV.122122--173-
When using HDMI ZONE2, MAIN ZONE audio is played back as PCM.When the same input source is selected for MAIN ZONE and ZONE2, the audio format is limited according to the specifications of the TV in ZONE2.-

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

196

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 40

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 41

DENON AVR-X3000 - Troubleshooting - 42

Resetting factory settings

Perform this procedure if the display is abnormal or if operations cannot be performed.

Note that when the microprocessor is reset, all the settings are reset to their default values and setup will need to be performed again.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Resetting factory settings - 1

text_image TUNER PRESET CH – TUNER PRESET CH +

1 Turn off the power using ⏻.

2 Press ⏻ while simultaneously pressing TUNER PRESET CH – and TUNER PRESET CH +.

3 Once the display starts flashing at intervals of about 1 second, release the two buttons.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Resetting factory settings - 2

- If in step 3 the display does not flash at intervals of about 1 second, start over from step 1.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

197

DENON AVR-X3000 - Resetting factory settings - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Resetting factory settings - 4

DENON AVR-X3000 - Resetting factory settings - 5

Contents

TipsSettingsPlaybackAppendix

Appendix

About HDMI

HDMI is an abbreviation of High-Definition Multimedia Interface, which is an AV digital interface that can be connected to a TV or amplifier.

With the HDMI connection, high definition video and high quality audio formats adopted by Blu-ray disc players (Dolby Digital Plus, Dolby TrueHD, DTS-HD, DTS-HD Master Audio) can be transmitted, which is not possible with the analog video transmission.

Furthermore, in the HDMI connection, audio and video signals can be transmitted through a single HDMI cable, while in conventional connections it is necessary to provide audio and video cables separately for connection between devices.

This allows you to simplify the wiring configuration that tends to be quite complex in a home theater system.

This unit supports the following HDMI functions.

- Deep Color

An imaging technology supported by HDMI. Unlike RGB or YCbCr, which uses 8 bits (256 shades) per color, it can use 10 bits (1024 shades), 12 bits (4096 shades), or 16 bits (65536 shades) to produce colors in higher definition. Both devices linked via HDMI must support Deep Color.

- "x.v.Color"

This function lets HDTVs display colors more accurately. It enables display with natural, vivid colors.

“x.v.Color” is trademark of Sony Corporation.

• 3D

This unit supports input and output of 3D (3 dimensional) video signals of HDMI.

To play back 3D video, you need a TV and player that provide support for the HDMI 3D function and a pair of 3D glasses.

• 4K

This unit supports input and output of 4K Ultra HD (3840 x 2160 pixels) video signals of HDMI.

- Content Type

It automatically makes settings suitable for the video output type (content information).

- Adobe RGB color, Adobe YCC601 color

The color space defined by Adobe Systems Inc. Because it is a wider color space than RGB, it can produce more vivid and natural images.

- sYCC601 color

Each of these color spaces defines a palette of available colors that is larger than the traditional RGB color model.

- Auto Lip Sync

This function can automatically correct delay between the audio and video.

Use a TV that is compatible with the Auto Lip Sync function.

- HDMI pass through

Even when the power to this unit is set to standby, signals input from the HDMI input connector are output to a TV or other device that is connected to the HDMI output connector.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

198

DENON AVR-X3000 - - HDMI pass through - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - - HDMI pass through - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - - HDMI pass through - 3

Contents

TipsSettingsPl

Appendix

- HDMI control

If you connect the unit and an HDMI control function compatible TV or player with an HDMI cable and then enable the HDMI control function setting on each device, the devices will be able to control each other.

  • Power off link
    This unit power off can be linked to the TV power off step.
    • Audio output destination switching
    From the TV, you can switch whether to output audio from the TV or the AV amplifier.
    • Volume adjustment
    You can adjust this unit's volume in the TV volume adjustment operation.
  • Input source switching
    You can switch this unit input sources through linkage to TV input switching.
    When playing the player, this unit input source switches to the source for that player.

• ARC (Audio Return Channel)

This function transmits audio signals from the TV to this unit through the HDMI cable and plays back the audio from the TV on this unit based on the HDMI control function. If a TV without the ARC function is connected via HDMI connections, video signals of the playback device connected to this unit are transmitted to the TV, but this unit can not play back the audio from the TV. If you want to enjoy surround audio for TV program, a separate audio cable connection is required. In contrast, if a TV with the ARC function is connected via HDMI connections, no audio cable connection is required. Audio signals from the TV can be input to this unit through the HDMI cable between this unit and the TV. This function allows you to enjoy surround playback on this unit for the TV.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

199

DENON AVR-X3000 - • ARC (Audio Return Channel) - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - • ARC (Audio Return Channel) - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - • ARC (Audio Return Channel) - 3

Contents

TipsSettingsPl

Appendix

■ Supported audio formats

2-channel Linear PCM2-channel, 32 kHz – 192 kHz, 16/20/24 bit
Multi-channel Linear PCM7.1-channel, 32 kHz – 192kHz, 16/20/24 bit
BitstreamDolby Digital / DTS / Dolby TrueHD / Dolby Digital Plus / DTS-HD Master Audio / DTS-HD High Resolution Audio / DTS Express
DSD 2-channel – 5.1-channel, 28224 MHz

■ Supported video signals

• 480i

• 480p

• 576i

• 576p

- 720p 60/50Hz

• 1080i 60/50Hz

• 1080p 60/50/24Hz • 4K 30/25/24Hz

In order to play back digital video and audio such as BD-Video (Blu-ray Disc) or DVD-Video via HDMI connection, both this unit and TV and the player need to support the copyright protection system known as HDCP (High-bandwidth Digital Content Protection System). HDCP is copyright protection technology comprised of data encryption and authentication of the connected AV devices. This unit supports HDCP.

- If a device that does not support HDCP is connected, video and audio are not output correctly. Read the owner's manual of your television or player for more information.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Copyright protection system - 1

- When connecting this unit to a device that is compatible with the Deep Color, 4K, ARC function, use a "High Speed HDMI cable" or "High Speed HDMI cable with Ethernet".

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

200

DENON AVR-X3000 - Copyright protection system - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Copyright protection system - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Copyright protection system - 4

DENON AVR-X3000 - Copyright protection system - 5

flowchart
graph LR
    A["Contents"] --> B["TipsSettingsPlayback"]
    B --> C["Appendixons"]

Video conversion function

This unit automatically converts the input video signals as shown in the diagram below before outputting them to the TV.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Video conversion function - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Video device"] --> B["Output"]
    B --> C["HDMI connector"]
    C --> D["Input (IN)"]
    D --> E["HDMI connector"]
    E --> F["Output (MONITOR OUT)"]
    F --> G["Input"]
    G --> H["HDMI connectorHDMI connector"]
    H --> I["Component video signal"]
    I --> J["Component video connectors"]
    J --> K["Video connector"]
    K --> L["Video signal"]
    L --> M["Video connector"]
    M --> N["Output"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#cff,stroke:#333
    style F fill:#ffc,stroke:#333
    style G fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style H fill:#ffc,stroke:#333
    style I fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style J fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style K fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style L fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style M fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style N fill:#cfc,stroke:#333

DENON AVR-X3000 - Video conversion function - 2

text_image Front panel Dis Rear panel Index 201

Contents

TipsSettingsPl

Appendix

This unit can convert the input video signals to the resolution that is set for "Resolution" (page 147) in the menu before outputting them to the TV.

Input signal\Output signalHDMI
480i/576i 480p576p 720p 1080i1080p 1080p 24Hz4K 30/25/24Hz
HDMI480i/576i√ √ √√ √ √ √
480p/576p√ √ √√ √ √
720p√ √ √√ √
1080i√ √ √√ √
1080p 24Hz√ √ √
1080p√ √ √
4K 30/25/24Hz
Component Video480i/576i√ √ √√ √ √ √
480p/576p√ √ √√ √ √
720p√ √ √√ √
1080i√ ∑ √√ √
1080p√ √ √
Video 480i/576i√ √ √√ √ √ √

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

202

DENON AVR-X3000 - Video conversion function - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - Video conversion function - 4

DENON AVR-X3000 - Video conversion function - 5

Playing back USB memory devices

  • This unit is compatible with MP3 ID3-Tag (Ver. 2) standard.
  • This unit can show the artwork that was embedded by using MP3 ID3-Tag Ver. 2.3 or 2.4.
  • This unit is compatible with WMA META tags.
  • If the image size (pixels) of an album artwork exceeds 500 × 500 (WMA/MP3/WAV/FLAC) or 349 × 349 (MPEG-4 AAC), then music may not be played back properly.

■ Compatible formats

Sampling frequency Bit rate Extension
WMA(Windows Media Audio)*132/44.1/48 kHz 48 –192 kbps .wma
MP3(MPEG-1 Audio Layer-3)32/44.1/48 kHz 32 –320 kbps .mp3
WAV32/44.1/48/88.2/96/176.4/192 kHz– .wav
MPEG-4 AAC*232/44.1/48 kHz 16 –320 kbps.aac/.m4a/.mp4
FLAC(Free Lossless Audio Codec)32/44.1/48/88.2/96/176.4/192 kHz.flac
ALAC(Apple Lossless Audio Codec)*332/44.1/48/88.2/96 kHz.m4a

*1 Copyright-protected files can be played on certain portable players compatible with MTP.
*2 Only files that are not protected by copyright can be played on this unit. Content downloaded from pay sites on the Internet are copyright protected. Also, files encoded in WMA format when ripped from a CD, etc. on a computer may be copyright protected, depending on the computer's settings.
*3 Copyright [2012] [D&M Holdings, Inc.] Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0.

■ Maximum Number of Playable Files and Folder

The limits on the number of folders and files that can be displayed by this unit are as follows.

Item\MediaUSB memory devices
Memory capacityFAT16 : 2 GB, FAT32 : 2 TB
Number of folder directory levels *18 levels
Number of folders500
Number of files*25000

*1 The limited number includes the root folder.
*2 The allowable number of files may differ according to the USB memory device capacity and the file size.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

203

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Maximum Number of Playable Files and Folder - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Maximum Number of Playable Files and Folder - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Maximum Number of Playable Files and Folder - 3

Playing back files stored on PC or NAS

  • This unit is compatible with MP3 ID3-Tag (Ver. 2) standard.
  • This unit can show the artwork that was embedded by using MP3 ID3-Tag Ver. 2.3 or 2.4.
    • This unit is compatible with WMA META tags.
  • If the image size (pixels) of an album artwork exceeds 500 × 500 (WMA/MP3/WAV/FLAC) or 349 × 349 (MPEG-4 AAC), then music may not be played back properly.
  • A server or server software compatible with distribution in the corresponding formats is required to play music files via a network.

■ Specifications of supported files

Sampling frequency Bit rate Extension
WMA(Windows Media Audio)32/44.1/48 kHz 48 –192 kbps .wma
MP3(MPEG-1 Audio Layer-3)32/44.1/48 kHz 32 –320 kbps .mp3
WAV32/44.1/48/88.2/96/176.4/192 kHz– .wav
MPEG-4AAC*132/44.1/48 kHz 16 –320 kbps.aac/.m4a/.mp4
FLAC(Free Lossless Audio Codec)32/44.1/48/88.2/96/176.4/192 kHz.flac
ALAC(Apple Lossless Audio Codec)*232/44.1/48/88.2/96 kHz.m4a

*1 Only files that are not protected by copyright can be played on this unit. Content downloaded from pay sites on the Internet are copyright protected. Also, files encoded in WMA format when ripped from a CD, etc. on a computer may be copyright protected, depending on the computer's settings.

*2 Copyright [2012] [D&M Holdings, Inc.]
Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

204

DENON AVR-X3000 - Playing back files stored on PC or NAS - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Playing back files stored on PC or NAS - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Playing back files stored on PC or NAS - 3

Playing back Internet Radio

■ Playable broadcast station specifications

Sampling frequency Bit rate Extension
WMA(Windows Media Audio)32/44.1/48 kHz 48 –192 kbps .wma
MP3(MPEG-1 Audio Layer-3)32/44.1/48 kHz 32 –320 kbps .mp3
MPEG-4 AAC 32/44.1/48 kHz 16 – 320 kbps.aac/.m4a/.mp4

Personal memory plus function

This function sets the settings (input mode, sound mode, HDMI output mode, MultEQ ^® XT, Dynamic EQ, audio delay etc.) last selected for the individual input sources.

DENON AVR-X3000 - Personal memory plus function - 1

- The surround parameters, tone control settings are stored for the individual sound modes.

Last function memory

This function stores the settings which were made before going into the standby mode.

When the power is turned back on, the settings are restored.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

205

DENON AVR-X3000 - Last function memory - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Last function memory - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Last function memory - 3

Contents

TipsSettingsPl

Appendix

Sound modes and channel output

○ This indicates the audio output channels or surround parameters that can be set.
© This indicates the audio output channels. The output channels depend on the settings of "Speaker Config." (page 163).

Sound mode (page 101)Channel output
Front L/R Center Surround L/R Surround back L/R Front height L/R Front wide L/R Subwoofer
DIRECT/PURE DIRECT (2-channel) *4
DIRECT/PURE DIRECT (Multi-channel) *1 *1 *1
DSD DIRECT (2-channel) *4
DSD DIRECT (Multi-channel)
STEREO
MULTI CH IN *1 *2
DOLBY PRO LOGIC IIz
DOLBY PRO LOGIC IIx
DOLBY PRO LOGIC II
DOLBY PRO LOGIC II A-DSX *3 *3
DTS NEO:X
Audyssey DSX ^® *3 *3
DOLBY DIGITAL *2
DOLBY DIGITAL Plus *1 *1 *1
DOLBY TrueHD *1 *1 *1
DTS SURROUND *2
DTS 96/24 *2
DTS-HD *1 *1
DTS Express *2
MULTI CH STEREO
ROCK ARENA
JAZZ CLUB
MONO MOVIE
VIDEO GAME
MATRIX
VIRTUAL

*1 A signal for each channel contained in an input signal is output as audio.
*2 Audio is output when the set sound mode name contains "+PLIIz"
*3 Audio is output from the speakers specified in the "Audyssey DSX" (page 141) settings.
*4 Audio is output when "Subwoofer Mode" (page 167) in the menu is set to "LFE+Main".

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

206

DENON AVR-X3000 - Sound modes and channel output - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Sound modes and channel output - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Sound modes and channel output - 3

Contents

TipsSettingsPl

Appendix

Sound modes and surround parameters

*1 During playback in PURE DIRECT mode, the surround parameters are the same as in DIRECT mode.
*2 Audio is output when "Subwoofer Mode" (page 167) in the menu is set to "LFE+Main".
*3 This setting is unavailable when the set sound mode name contains "+PLII Music" or "+NEO:X Music".
*4 This setting is possible when the sound mode is "Cinema" mode.
*5 This item can be selected when a Dolby TrueHD signal is played.
*6 This item can be selected when a Dolby Digital or DTS signal is played.
*7 This item can be selected when a Dolby Digital or DTS signal or DVD-Audio is played.
*8 This setting is available when the set sound mode name contains "+PLIIz".
*9 This item cannot be set when "Dynamic EQ" (page 139) is set to "On".
*10 This item cannot be set when Audyssey ^3 Setup (Speaker Calibration) has not been performed.
*11 This item cannot be set when "MultEQ" XT" ( page 139) is set to "Off" or "Graphic EQ".
*12 This item can be set when the input signal is analog, PCM 48 kHz or 44.1 kHz.
*13 In this sound mode, bass is +6 dB, and treble is +4 dB. (Default)

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

209

DENON AVR-X3000 - Sound modes and channel output - 4

DENON AVR-X3000 - Sound modes and channel output - 5

DENON AVR-X3000 - Sound modes and channel output - 6

Contents

TipsSettingsPl

Appendix

Types of input signals, and corresponding sound modes

● This indicates the default sound mode.
○ This indicates the selectable sound mode.

Sound mode (page 101)NOTE2-channel signal Multi-channel signal
Analog / PCMDolby Digital (+/HD) / DTS (-HD)DSD (Super Audio CD)PCM MultiDTS-HDDTS ExpressDTS ES DSCRT 6.1DTS ES MTRIX 6.1DTSDOLBY TrueHDDOLBY DIGITAL PlusDOLBY DIGITAL EXDOLBY DIGITALDSD (Super Audio CD)
DTS SURROUND
DTS-HD MSTR●*6
DTS-HD HI RES●*7
DTS ES DSCRT6.1*1 ●
DTS ES MTRX6.1*1 ●
DTS SURROUND○ ○
DTS 96/24●*8
DTS (-HD) + PLIIx*1*2
DTS (-HD) + PLIIz*3
DTS Express
DTS (-HD) + NEO:X*4○ ○○ ○ ○
DTS NEO:X*5○ ○
DOLBY SURROUND
DOLBY TrueHD
DOLBY DIGITAL+
DOLBY DIGITAL EX*1○ ○
DOLBY (D+) (HD) +EX*1○ ○
DOLBY DIGITAL
DOLBY (D) (D+) (HD) + PLIIx*1*2
DOLBY (D) (D+) (HD) + PLIIz*3
DOLBY (D) (D+) (HD) + NEO:X*4○ ○○ ○
DOLBY PRO LOGIC II/IIx*5
DOLBY PRO LOGIC IIz*3

*1 - *8 : page 212

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

210

DENON AVR-X3000 - Types of input signals, and corresponding sound modes - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Types of input signals, and corresponding sound modes - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Types of input signals, and corresponding sound modes - 3

Contents

TipsSettingsPI

Appendix

*1 This item can be selected when surround back speakers are used.
*2 The Cinema mode or Music mode can be selected. When using a single surround back speaker, the Music mode is used.
*3 This item can be selected when front height speakers are used.
*4 The Cinema mode, Music mode or Game mode can be selected. This item can be selected when using any of the Surround back, Front height or Front wide speaker.
*5 The Cinema mode, Music mode or Game mode can be selected.
*6 This item can be selected when the input signal is DTS-HD MASTER AUDIO.
*7 This item can be selected when the input signal is DTS-HD HI RESOLUTION.
*8 This item can be selected when the input signal is DTS 96/24.
*9 The default sound mode for the AirPlay playback is DIRECT. (Default)
*10 This item can be selected when the input signals contain surround back signals.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

212

DENON AVR-X3000 - Types of input signals, and corresponding sound modes - 4

DENON AVR-X3000 - Types of input signals, and corresponding sound modes - 5

DENON AVR-X3000 - Types of input signals, and corresponding sound modes - 6

Explanation of terms

A

AirPlay

AirPlay sends (plays) contents recorded in iTunes or on an iPhone/iPod touch/iPad to a compatible device via the network.

ALAC (Apple Lossless Audio Codec)

This is a codec for lossless audio compression method developed by Apple Inc. This codec can be played back on iTunes, iPod or iPhone. Data compressed to approximately 60 – 70 % can be decompressed to exactly the same original data.

App Store

App Store is a site that sells application software for such devices as the iPhone or iPod Touch, and is operated by Apple Inc.

Audyssey Dynamic EQ ^TM

Dynamic EQ solves the problem of deteriorating sound quality as volume is decreased by taking into account human perception and room acoustics. Audyssey Dynamic EQ ^® works in tandem with Audyssey MultEQ ^® XT to provide well-balanced sound for every listener at any volume level.

Audyssey Dynamic Surround Expansion (A-DSX)

Audyssey DSX ^® is a scalable system that adds new speakers to improve surround sound vividness.

Starting with a 5.1 system Audyssey DSX ^® first adds Wide channels for the biggest impact on envelopment. Research in human hearing has proven that information from the Wide channels is much more critical in the presentation of a realistic soundstage than the Back Surround channels found in traditional 7.1 systems. Audyssey DSX ^® then creates a pair of Height channels to reproduce the next most important acoustical and perceptual cues. In addition to these new Wide and Height channels, Audyssey DSX ^® applies Surround Envelopment Processing to enhance the blend between the front and surround channels.

Audyssey Dynamic Volume ^1

Dynamic Volume solves the problem of large variations in volume level between television programs, commercials, and between the soft and loud passages of movies. Audyssey Dynamic EQ ^30 is integrated into Dynamic Volume so that as the playback volume is adjusted automatically, the perceived bass response, tonal balance, surround impression, and dialog clarity remain the same.

Audyssey MultEQ ^20 XT

MultEQ ^® XT is a room equalization solution that calibrates any audio system so that it can achieve optimum performance for every listener in a large listening area. Based on several room measurements, MultEQ ^® XT calculates an equalization solution that corrects for both time and frequency response problems in the listening area and also performs a fully automated surround system setup.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

213

DENON AVR-X3000 - Audyssey MultEQ ^20 XT - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Audyssey MultEQ ^20 XT - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Audyssey MultEQ ^20 XT - 3

Contents

TipsSettingsPl

Appendix

D

DLNA

DLNA and DLNA CERTIFIED are trademarks and/or service marks of Digital Living Network Alliance.

Some contents may not be compatible with other DLNA CERTIFIED® products.

Dolby Digital

Dolby Digital is a multi-channel digital signal format developed by Dolby Laboratories.

A total of 5.1-channels are played: 3 front channels ("FL", "FR" and "C"), 2 surround channels ("SL" and "SR") and the "LFE" channel for low frequency effects.

Because of this, there is no crosstalk between channels and a realistic sound field with a “three-dimensional” feeling (sense of distance, movement and positioning) is achieved. This delivers a thrilling surround sound experience in the home.

Dolby Digital EX

Dolby Digital EX is a 6.1-channel surround format from Dolby Laboratories that allows users to enjoy in their homes the "DOLBY DIGITAL SURROUND EX" audio format jointly developed by Dolby Laboratories and Lucasfilm.

The 6.1-channels of sound, including surround back channel, provide improved sound positioning and expansion of the surround sound field.

Dolby Digital Plus

Dolby Digital Plus is an improved Dolby Digital signal format that is compatible with up to 7.1-channels of discrete digital sound and also improves sound quality thanks to extra data bit rate performance. It is upwardly compatible with conventional Dolby Digital, so it offers greater flexibility in response to the source signal and the conditions of the playback device.

Dolby Pro Logic II

Dolby Pro Logic II is a matrix decoding technology developed by Dolby Laboratories.

Regular music such as that on CDs is encoded into 5-channels to achieve an excellent surround effect.

The surround channel signals are converted into stereo and full band signals (with a frequency response of 20 Hz to 20 kHz or greater) to create a “three-dimensional” sound image offering a rich sense of presence for all stereo sources.

Dolby Pro Logic IIx

Dolby Pro Logic IIx is a further improved version of the Dolby Pro Logic II matrix decoding technology.

Audio signals recorded in 2-channels are decoded to achieve a natural sound with up to 7.1-channels.

There are three modes: "Music" suited for playing music, "Cinema" suited for playing movies, and "Game" which is optimized for playing games.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

214

DENON AVR-X3000 - Dolby Pro Logic IIx - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Dolby Pro Logic IIx - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Dolby Pro Logic IIx - 3

Contents

TipsSettingsPl

Appendix

Dolby Pro Logic llz

Dolby Pro Logic IIz introduces a new dimension to Home Entertainment through the addition of a pair of front height channels. Compatible with stereo, 5.1-channel and 7.1-channel content, Dolby Pro Logic IIz provides enhanced spaciousness, depth and dimension to movies, concert video and video game playback while maintaining the full integrity of the source mix.

Dolby Pro Logic IIz identifies and decodes spatial cues that occur naturally in all content, directing this information to the front height channels, complementing the performance of left and right surround sound speakers. Content that is encoded with Dolby Pro Logic IIz height channel information can be even more revealing, with perceptually discrete height channel information bringing an exciting new dimension to home entertainment.

Dolby Pro Logic IIz, with front height channels is also an ideal alternative for households that cannot support the placement of back surround speakers of a typical 7.1-channel system but may have bookshelf space available to support the addition of height speakers.

Dolby TrueHD

Dolby TrueHD is a high definition audio technology developed by Dolby Laboratories, using lossless coding technology to faithfully reproduce the sound of the studio master.

This format provides the facility to support up to 8 audio channels with a sampling frequency of 96 kHz/24 bit resolution and up to 6 audio channels with a sampling frequency of 192 kHz/24 bit resolution. Dolby TrueHD is adopted for applications that put very high importance on sound quality.

Downmix

This function converts the number of channels of surround audio to a lower number of channels and plays back according to the system's configuration.

DTS

This is an abbreviation of Digital Theater System, which is a digital audio system developed by DTS.

DTS delivers a powerful and dynamic surround sound experience, and is found in the world's finest movie theaters and screening rooms.

DTS 96/24

DTS 96/24 is a digital audio format enabling high sound quality playback in 5.1-channels with a sampling frequency of 96 kHz and 24 bit quantization on DVD-Video.

DTS Digital Surround

DTS Digital Surround is the standard digital surround format of DTS, Inc., compatible with a sampling frequency of 44.1 or 48 kHz and up to 5.1-channels of digital discrete surround sound.

DTS-ES™ Discrete 6.1

DTS-ESTM Discrete 6.1 is a 6.1-channel discrete digital audio format adding a surround back (SB) channel to the DTS digital surround sound.

Decoding of conventional 5.1-channel audio signals is also possible according to the decoder.

DTS-ES™ Matrix 6.1

DTS-ESTM Matrix 6.1 is a 6.1-channel audio format that inserts a surround back (SB) channel to the DTS digital surround sound through matrix encoding. Decoding of conventional 5.1-channel audio signals is also possible according to the decoder.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

215

DENON AVR-X3000 - DTS-ES™ Matrix 6.1 - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - DTS-ES™ Matrix 6.1 - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - DTS-ES™ Matrix 6.1 - 3

Contents

TipsSettingsPl

Appendix

DTS Express

DTS Express is an audio format supporting low bit rates (max. 5.1-channels, 24 to 256 kbps).

DTS-HD

This audio technology provides higher sound quality and enhanced functionality than the conventional DTS and is adopted as an optional audio for Blu-ray Disc. This technology supports multi-channel, high data transfer speed, high sampling frequency, and lossless audio playback. Maximum 7.1-channels are supported in Blu-ray Disc.

DTS-HD High Resolution Audio

DTS-HD High Resolution Audio is an improved version of the conventional DTS, DTS-ES and DTS 96/24 signals formats, compatible with sampling frequencies of 96 or 48 kHz and up to 7.1-channels of discrete digital sound. High data bit rate performance provides high quality sound. This format is fully compatible with conventional products, including conventional DTS digital surround 5.1-channel data.

DTS-HD Master Audio

DTS-HD Master Audio is a lossless audio format created by Digital Theater System (DTS). This format provides the facility to support up to 8 audio channels with a sampling frequency of 96 kHz/24 bit resolution and up to 6 audio channels with a sampling frequency of 192 kHz/24 bit resolution. It is fully compatible with conventional products, including conventional DTS digital surround 5.1-channel data.

DTS Neo:X

This matrix decoding technology uses the DTS NEO:X decoder to playback 2-channel source or 5.1/6.1/7.1-channel surround sources as a maximum of 7.1-channel surround sound. There are 3 modes: "Music" suited for playing music, "Cinema" suited for playing movies, and "Game" which is optimized for playing games.

Dynamic range

The difference between the maximum undistorted sound level and the minimum discernible level above the noise emitted by the device.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

216

DENON AVR-X3000 - Dynamic range - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Dynamic range - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Dynamic range - 3

Contents

TipsSettingsPl

Appendix

F

FLAC

FLAC stands for Free lossless Audio Codec, and is a lossless free audio file format. Lossless means that the audio is compressed without any loss in quality.

The FLAC license is as shown below.

Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Josh Coalson

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

  • Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
  • Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
  • Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

H

HDCP

When transmitting digital signals between devices, this copyright protection technology encrypts the signals to prevent content from being copied without authorization.

|

iTunes

iTunes is the name of the multimedia player provided by Apple Inc. It enables management and playback of multimedia contents including music and movies. iTunes supports many main file formats including AAC, WAV, and MP3.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

217

DENON AVR-X3000 - iTunes - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - iTunes - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - iTunes - 3

Contents

TipsSettingsPl

Appendix

L

LFE

This is an abbreviation of Low Frequency Effect, which is an output channel that emphasizes low frequency effect sound. Surround audio is intensified by outputting 20 Hz to 120 Hz deep bass to the system subwoofer(s).

M

MAIN ZONE

The room where this unit is placed is called the MAIN ZONE.

Modem

Device that connects to your broadband internet provider, and is very often supplied with the service.

A type that is integrated with a router is also often available.

MP3 (MPEG Audio Layer-3)

This is an internationally standardized audio data compression scheme, using the "MPEG-1" video compression standard. It compresses the data volume to about one eleventh its original size while maintaining sound quality equivalent to a music CD.

MPEG (Moving Picture Experts Group),

MPEG-2, MPEG-4

These are the names for digital compression format standards used for the encoding of video and audio. Video standards include "MPEG-1 Video", "MPEG-2 Video", "MPEG-4 Visual", "MPEG-4 AVC". Audio standards include "MPEG-1 Audio", "MPEG-2 Audio", "MPEG-4 AAC".

P

Progressive (sequential scanning)

This is a scanning system of the video signal that displays 1 frame of video as one image. Compared to the interlace system, this system provides images with less flickering and jagged edges.

Protection circuit

This is a function to prevent damage to devices within the power supply when an abnormality such as an overload, excess voltage occurs or over temperature for any reason.

In this unit, the power indicator blinks and the unit enters standby mode when an abnormality occurs.

S

Sampling frequency

Sampling involves taking a reading of a sound wave (analog signal) at regular intervals and expressing the height of the wave at each reading in digitized format (producing a digital signal).

The number of readings taken in one second is called the “sampling frequency”. The larger the value, the closer the reproduced sound is to the original.

Speaker impedance

This is an AC resistance value, indicated in (Ohms). Greater power can be obtained when this value is smaller.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

218

DENON AVR-X3000 - Speaker impedance - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Speaker impedance - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Speaker impedance - 3

Contents

TipsSettingsPl

Appendix

V

vTuner

This is a free online content server for Internet Radio. Note that usage fees are included in upgrade costs.

For inquiries about this service, visit the vTuner site below. vTuner website: http://www.radiodenon.com

This product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of Nothing Else Matters Software and BridgeCo. Use or distribution of such technology outside of this product is prohibited without a license from Nothing Else Matters Software and BridgeCo or an authorized subsidiary.

W

Windows Media DRM

This is a copyright protection technology developed by Microsoft.

Content providers are using the digital rights management technology for Windows Media contained in this device (WM-DRM) to protect the integrity of their content (Secure Content) so that their intellectual property, including copyright, in such content is not misappropriated. This device uses WM-DRM software to play Secure Content (WM-DRM Software). If the security of the WM-DRM Software in this device has been compromised, owners of Secure Content (Secure Content Owners) may request that Microsoft revoke the WM-DRM Software's right to acquire new licenses to copy, display and/or play Secure Content. Revocation does not alter the WM-DRM Software's ability to play unprotected content. A list of revoked WM-DRM Software is sent to your device whenever you download a license for Secure Content from the Internet or from a PC. Microsoft may, in conjunction with such license, also download revocation list onto your device on behalf of Secure Content Owners.

Windows Media Player Ver.11 or later

This is a media player distributed free of charge by Microsoft Corporation. It can play playlists created with Ver.11 or later of Windows Media Player, as well as WMA, DRM WMA, WAV, and other files.

WMA (Windows Media Audio)

This is audio compression technology developed by Microsoft Corporation. WMA data can be encoded using Windows Media ^® Player.

To encode WMA files, only use applications authorized by Microsoft Corporation. If you use an unauthorized application, the file may not work properly.

Z

ZONE2

This unit can operate in a room other than the room where this unit is placed (MAIN ZONE) (ZONE2 playback). The room for ZONE2 playback is called ZONE2.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

219

DENON AVR-X3000 - ZONE2 - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - ZONE2 - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ZONE2 - 3

Trademark information

AUDYSSEY

MULTEO XT

DYNAMIC VOLUME

AUDYSSEY

DSX

Manufactured under license from Audyssey Laboratories™. U.S. and foreign patents pending. Audyssey MultEQ® XT, Audyssey Dynamic EQ®, Audyssey Dynamic Volume® and Audyssey DSX® are registered trademarks of Audyssey Laboratories.

DENON AVR-X3000 - AUDYSSEY - 1

DOLBY

TRUEHD

DENON AVR-X3000 - AUDYSSEY - 2

DOLBY

PRO LOGIC IIz

Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. "Dolby", "Pro Logic" and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.

DENON AVR-X3000 - AUDYSSEY - 3

dts

Neo:X|7.1

DENON AVR-X3000 - AUDYSSEY - 4

dts-HD

Master Audio

Manufactured under a license from U.S. Patent No's: 5,956,674; 5,974,380; 5,978,762; 6,487,535; 6,226,616; 7,212,872; 7,272,567; 7,668,723; 7,392,195; 7,930,184; 7,333,929; 7,548,853; 7,003,467 and 7,283,634. DTS, the Symbol, and DTS and the Symbol together are registered trademarks & DTS Neo:X | 7.1 is a trademark of DTS, Inc. ©2012 DTS, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

HDMI

The terms HDMI and HDMI High-Definition Multimedia Interface, and the HDMI Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC in the United States and other countries.

DENON AVR-X3000 - HDMI - 1

InstaPrevue

InstaPrevue and the InstaPrevue logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Silicon Image, Inc. in the United States and other countries.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

220

DENON AVR-X3000 - HDMI - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - HDMI - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - HDMI - 4

Contents

TipsSettingsPI

Appendix

Made for

iPod iPhone

DENON AVR-X3000 - HDMI - 5

"Made for iPod" and "Made for iPhone" mean that an electronic accessory has been designed to connect specifically to iPod, or iPhone, respectively, and has been certified by the developer to meet Apple performance standards.

Apple is not responsible for the operation of this device or its compliance with safety and regulatory standards. Please note that the use of this accessory with iPod, or iPhone, may affect wireless performance.

AirPlay, the AirPlay logo, iPad, iPhone, iPod, iPod classic, iPod nano, iPod shuffle and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.

- Individual users are permitted to use iPhone, iPod, iPod classic, iPod nano, iPod shuffle, and iPod touch for private copy and playback of non-copyrighted contents and contents whose copy and playback is permitted by law. Copyright infringement is prohibited by law.

DENON AVR-X3000 - HDMI - 6

Plays

Windows Media™

Windows Media and the Windows logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.

DENON AVR-X3000 - HDMI - 7

Adobe, the Adobe logo and Reader are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

221

DENON AVR-X3000 - HDMI - 8

DENON AVR-X3000 - HDMI - 9

DENON AVR-X3000 - HDMI - 10

Contents

TipsSettingsPl

Appendix

Specifications

■ Audio section

- Power amplifier

Rated output: Front:

105 W + 105 W (8 Ω/ohms, 20 Hz - 20 kHz with 0.08 % T.H.D.)

135 W + 135 W (6 Ω/ohms, 1 kHz with 0.7 % T.H.D.)

Center:

105 W (8 Ω/ohms, 20 Hz – 20 kHz with 0.08 % T.H.D.)

135 W (6 Ω/ohms, 1 kHz with 0.7 % T.H.D.)

Surround:

105 W + 105 W (8 Ω/ohms, 20 Hz - 20 kHz with 0.08 % T.H.D.)

135 W + 135 W (6 Ω/ohms, 1 kHz with 0.7 % T.H.D.)

Surround back:

105 W + 105 W (8 Ω/ohms, 20 Hz - 20 kHz with 0.08 % T.H.D.)

135 W + 135 W (6 Ω/ohms, 1 kHz with 0.7 % T.H.D.)

Output connectors: 6 – 16 Ω/ohms

- Analog

Input sensitivity/Input impedance: 200 mV/47 kΩ/kohms

Frequency response: 10 Hz – 100 kHz — +1, -3 dB (DIRECT mode)

S/N: 100 dB (IHF-A weighted, DIRECT mode)

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

222

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Audio section - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Audio section - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ Audio section - 3

Contents

TipsSettingsPl

Appendix

■ Tuner section

[FM] [AM]

(Note: V at 75 / ohms, 0 dBf = 1 × 10^-15 W)

Receiving Range: 87.5 MHz – 107.9 MHz 520 kHz – 1710 kHz

Usable Sensitivity: 1.2 μV (12.8 dBf) 18 μV

50 dB Quieting Sensitivity: MONO 2.8 μV (20.2 dBf)

S/N : MONO 70 dB (IHF-A weighted, DIRECT mode)

STEREO 67 dB (IHF-A weighted, DIRECT mode)

Total harmonic Distortion:

MONO 0.7 % (1 kHz)

STEREO 1.0 % (1 kHz)

General

Power supply: AC 120 V, 60 Hz

Power consumption: 600 W

Power consumption in standby mode: 0.1 W

Power consumption in CEC standby mode: 0.5 W

Power consumption in network standby mode: 2.7 W

For purposes of improvement, specifications and design are subject to change without notice.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

223

DENON AVR-X3000 - General - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - General - 2

Contents

TipsSettingsPl

Appendix

Index

Numerics

3D 198

4K 198

5.1-channel 23

6.1-channel 22

7.1-channel 22, 23, 27, 28

A

Accessories....6

Add New Feature 178

Adjusting the master volume 47

AirPlay 90,213

ALAC 213

AM loop antenna 39

App Store 213

Audio settings 133

Audyssey Dynamic EQ ^® 213

Audyssey Dynamic Surround Expansion 213

Audyssey Dynamic Volume ^® 213

Audyssey MultEQ ^ XT 213

Audyssey settings....139, 155

Audyssey® Setup 153

Auto Standby 175

B

Bi-amp 29

C

Cables 20

Connection

FM/AM 39

Home network (LAN) 41

iPod (USB) 37

Power cord....44

REMOTE CONTROL 43

Speaker 24

TRIGGER OUT 43

TV 31,32

USB memory device 37

Video camcorder 36

Content Type 198

Convenient function menu

All Zone Stereo 100

Picture Mode....99

Random 94

Remove from Favorites....96

Repeat 94

Save to Favorites....95

Slideshow....97

Slideshow Interval 98

Text Search 96

Video Select 98

D

Deep Color 198

Display 13

DLNA 214

Dolby

Dolby Digital 104, 214

Dolby Digital EX....104, 214

Dolby Digital Plus 104, 214

Dolby Pro Logic II 104, 214

Dolby Pro Logic IIx 104, 214

Dolby Pro Logic Ilz 104, 215

Dolby TrueHD 104, 215

Downmix 215

DTS 215

DTS 96/24 105,215

DTS Digital Surround 215

DTS-ES Discrete 6.1....105, 215

DTS-ES Matrix 6.1 105, 215

DTS Express....105, 216

DTS-HD 105,216

DTS-HD High Resolution Audio 216

DTS-HD Master Audio 216

DTS Neo:X....105, 216

Dynamic range 216

E

Error messages (Audyssey ^® Setup) 160

F

Firmware update 177

FLAC 217

Flickr 70

FM/AM 55

FM indoor antenna 39

Front height speaker 22, 28

Front panel 10

Front wide speaker 23

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

224

DENON AVR-X3000 - F - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - F - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - F - 3

Contents

TipsSettingsPl

Appendix

H

HDCP 200,217

HDMI control 113, 145

Headphones 11

1

Information 175

Audio 175

Firmware 176

Notifications 176

Video 176

ZONE 176

Input signal 210

Inputting characters 132

InstaPrevue 114

iPod Browse Mode 50

iTunes 217

L

LFE 218

Listening position 154

M

MAIN ZONE 218

Menu map....124

Audio 124, 133

General 129, 172

Inputs 127, 149

Network 128, 168

Setup Assistant 130

Speakers 128, 153

Video 126, 143

Modem 218

MP3 218

MPEG 218

N

Network settings 168

P

Pandora ^® 75

Playback

ALAC 52,66

Blu-ray Disc player 47

DVD player 47

FLAC 52,66

Flickr....70

FM/AM 56

Internet Radio 62

iPod (USB) 48

JPEG 52,66

MP3 52, 62, 66

MPEG-4 AAC 52, 62, 66

NAS 66

Pandora ^® 75

PC....66

SiriusXM....81

Spotify 84

USB memory device 52

WAV 52,66

WMA 52,62,66

ZONE2....122

Protection circuit 218

100

Quick select 117

R

Random 51,94

Rear panel 15

Remote control unit 18

Inserting the batteries....7

Repeat 51,94

Resetting the microprocessor....197

S

Sampling frequency 218

Selecting the input source 46

SiriusXM 81

Sleep timer 116

Sound mode 101, 108, 207

PCM multi-channel 105

Pure Direct 103, 107

Stereo....107

Speaker

Connect 24

Install 21

Set up 153

Speaker impedance 218

Spotify....84

Surround back speaker 22, 27

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

225

DENON AVR-X3000 - S - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - S - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - S - 3

Contents

TipsSettingsPl

Appendix

T

Tips 182

Troubleshooting 184

Tuner operation menu

Auto Preset Memory 60

Direct Tune....57

Preset Memory 59

Preset Name 60

Preset Skip 61

Tune Mode 58

Turning off the sound temporarily 47

Turning the power on 46

V

Video conversion 201

Video settings 143

vTuner 65,219

W

Web control 118

Windows Media DRM 219

Windows Media Player 219

WMA 219

Z

ZONE2....13, 120, 219

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

226

DENON AVR-X3000 - Z - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Z - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Z - 3

License

This section describes software license used for this unit. To maintain the correct content, the original (English) is used.

Boost

http://www.boost.org/

Boost Software License - Version 1.0 - August 17th, 2003

Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person or organization obtaining a copy of the software and accompanying documentation covered by this license (the "Software") to use, reproduce, display, distribute, execute, and transmit the Software, and to prepare derivative works of the Software, and to permit third-parties to whom the Software is furnished to do so, all subject to the following:

The copyright notices in the Software and this entire statement, including the above license grant, this restriction and the following disclaimer, must be included in all copies of the Software, in whole or in part, and all derivative works of the Software, unless such copies or derivative works are solely in the form of machine-executable object code generated by a source language processor.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR ANYONE DISTRIBUTING THE SOFTWARE BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

Expat

http://www.jclark.com/xml/expat.html

Expat License. Copyright (c) 1998, 1999, 2000 Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd

Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

FastDelegate

http://www.codeproject.com/KB/cpp/FastDelegate.aspx

THE WORK (AS DEFINED BELOW) IS PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THIS CODE PROJECT OPEN LICENSE ("LICENSE"). THE WORK IS PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE LAW. ANY USE OF THE WORK OTHER THAN AS AUTHORIZED UNDER THIS LICENSE OR COPYRIGHT LAW IS PROHIBITED.

BY EXERCISING ANY RIGHTS TO THE WORK PROVIDED HEREIN, YOU ACCEPT AND AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THIS LICENSE. THE AUTHOR GRANTS YOU THE RIGHTS CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONSIDERATION OF YOUR ACCEPTANCE OF SUCH TERMS AND CONDITIONS. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO ACCEPT AND BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THIS LICENSE, YOU CANNOT MAKE ANY USE OF THE WORK.

  1. Definitions.

a. "Articles" means, collectively, all articles written by Author which describes how the Source Code and Executable Files for the Work may be used by a user.
b. "Author" means the individual or entity that offers the Work under the terms of this License.
c. "Derivative Work" means a work based upon the Work or upon the Work and other pre-existing works.
d. "Executable Files" refer to the executables, binary files, configuration and any required data files included in the Work.
e. "Publisher" means the provider of the website, magazine, CD-ROM, DVD or other medium from or by which the Work is obtained by You.
f. "Source Code" refers to the collection of source code and configuration files used to create the Executable Files.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

227

DENON AVR-X3000 - FastDelegate - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - FastDelegate - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - FastDelegate - 3

Contents

TipsSettingsPl

Appendix

g. "Standard Version" refers to such a Work if it has not been modified, or has been modified in accordance with the consent of the Author, such consent being in the full discretion of the Author.
h. "Work" refers to the collection of files distributed by the Publisher, including the Source Code, Executable Files, binaries, data files, documentation, whitepapers and the Articles.
i. "You" is you, an individual or entity wishing to use the Work and exercise your rights under this License.
2. Fair Use/Fair Use Rights. Nothing in this License is intended to reduce, limit, or restrict any rights arising from fair use, fair dealing, first sale or other limitations on the exclusive rights of the copyright owner under copyright law or other applicable laws.
3. License Grant. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, the Author hereby grants You a worldwide, royalty-free, non-exclusive, perpetual (for the duration of the applicable copyright) license to exercise the rights in the Work as stated below:
a. You may use the standard version of the Source Code or Executable Files in Your own applications.
b. You may apply bug fixes, portability fixes and other modifications obtained from the Public Domain or from the Author. A Work modified in such a way shall still be considered the standard version and will be subject to this License.
c. You may otherwise modify Your copy of this Work (excluding the Articles) in any way to create a Derivative Work, provided that You insert a prominent notice in each changed file stating how, when and where You changed that file.
d. You may distribute the standard version of the Executable Files and Source Code or Derivative Work in aggregate with other (possibly commercial) programs as part of a larger (possibly commercial) software distribution.

e. The Articles discussing the Work published in any form by the author may not be distributed or republished without the Author's consent. The author retains copyright to any such Articles. You may use the Executable Files and Source Code pursuant to this License but you may not repost or republish or otherwise distribute or make available the Articles, without the prior written consent of the Author.
Any subroutines or modules supplied by You and linked into the Source Code or Executable Files this Work shall not be considered part of this Work and will not be subject to the terms of this License.
4. Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Author hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made, use, import, and otherwise transfer the Work.
5. Restrictions. The license granted in Section 3 above is expressly made subject to and limited by the following restrictions:
a. You agree not to remove any of the original copyright, patent, trademark, and attribution notices and associated disclaimers that may appear in the Source Code or Executable Files.
b. You agree not to advertise or in any way imply that this Work is a product of Your own.
c. The name of the Author may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from the Work without the prior written consent of the Author.
d. You agree not to sell, lease, or rent any part of the Work. This does not restrict you from including the Work or any part of the Work inside a larger software distribution that itself is being sold. The Work by itself, though, cannot be sold, leased or rented.

e. You may distribute the Executable Files and Source Code only under the terms of this License, and You must include a copy of, or the Uniform Resource Identifier for, this License with every copy of the Executable Files or Source Code You distribute and ensure that anyone receiving such Executable Files and Source Code agrees that the terms of this License apply to such Executable Files and/or Source Code. You may not offer or impose any terms on the Work that alter or restrict the terms of this License or the recipients' exercise of the rights granted hereunder. You may not sublicense the Work. You must keep intact all notices that refer to this License and to the disclaimer of warranties. You may not distribute the Executable Files or Source Code with any technological measures that control access or use of the Work in a manner inconsistent with the terms of this License.

f. You agree not to use the Work for illegal, immoral or improper purposes, or on pages containing illegal, immoral or improper material. The Work is subject to applicable export laws. You agree to comply with all such laws and regulations that may apply to the Work after Your receipt of the Work.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

228

DENON AVR-X3000 - Appendix - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Appendix - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Appendix - 3

Contents

TipsSettingsPl

Appendix

  1. Representations, Warranties and Disclaimer. THIS WORK IS PROVIDED "AS IS", "WHERE IS" AND "AS AVAILABLE", WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OR GUARANTEES. YOU, THE USER, ASSUME ALL RISK IN ITS USE, INCLUDING COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT, PATENT INFRINGEMENT, SUITABILITY, ETC. AUTHOR EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, MERCHANTABILITY QUALITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR ANY WARRANTY OF TITLE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, OR THAT THE WORK (OR ANY PORTION THEREOF) IS CORRECT, USEFUL, BUG-FREE OR FREE OF VIRUSES. YOU MUST PASS THIS DISCLAIMER ON WHENEVER YOU DISTRIBUTE THE WORK OR DERIVATIVE WORKS.
  2. Indemnity. You agree to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Author and the Publisher from and against any claims, suits, losses, damages, liabilities, costs, and expenses (including reasonable legal or attorneys??? fees) resulting from or relating to any use of the Work by You.
  3. Limitation on Liability. EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN NO EVENT WILL THE AUTHOR OR THE PUBLISHER BELiable TO YOU ON ANY LEGAL THEORY FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THIS LICENSE OR THE USE OF THE WORK OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF THE AUTHOR OR THE PUBLISHER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

9.Termination.

a. This License and the rights granted hereunder will terminate automatically upon any breach by You of any term of this License. Individuals or entities who have received DerivativeWorks from You under this License, however, will not have their licenses terminated provided such individuals or entities remain in full compliance with those licenses. Sections 1, 2, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11 will survive any termination of this License.
b. If You bring a copyright, trademark, patent or any other infringement claim against any contributor over infringements You claim are made by the Work, your License from such contributor to the Work ends automatically.
c. Subject to the above terms and conditions, this License is perpetual (for the duration of the applicable copyright in the Work). Notwithstanding the above, the Author reserves the right to release the Work under different license terms or to stop distributing the Work at any time; provided, however that any such election will not serve to withdraw this License (or any other license that has been, or is required to be, granted under the terms of this License), and this License will continue in full force and effect unless terminated as stated above.
10. Publisher. The parties hereby confirm that the Publisher shall not, under any circumstances, be responsible for and shall not have any liability in respect of the subject matter of this License. The Publisher makes no warranty whatsoever in connection with the Work and shall not be liable to You or any party on any legal theory for any damages whatsoever, including without limitation any general, special, incidental or consequential damages arising in connection to this license. The Publisher reserves the right to cease making the Work available to You at any time without notice

11.Miscellaneous

a. This License shall be governed by the laws of the location of the head office of the Author or if the Author is an individual, the laws of location of the principal place of residence of the Author.
b. If any provision of this License is invalid or unenforceable under applicable law, it shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of the terms of this License, and without further action by the parties to this License, such provision shall be reformed to the minimum extent necessary to make such provision valid and enforceable.
c. No term or provision of this License shall be deemed waived and no breach consented to unless such waiver or consent shall be in writing and signed by the party to be charged with such waiver or consent.
d. This License constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the Work licensed herein. There are no understandings, agreements or representations with respect to the Work not specified herein. The Author shall not be bound by any additional provisions that may appear in any communication from You. This License may not be modified without the mutual written agreement of the Author and You.

libogg

http://www.xiph.org/ogg/

Copyright (c) 2002, Xiph.org Foundation

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

229

DENON AVR-X3000 - libogg - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - libogg - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - libogg - 3

Contents

TipsSettingsPl

Appendix

  • Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
  • Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

libvorbis

http://www.xiph.org/vorbis/

Copyright (c) 2002-2004 Xiph.org Foundation

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

  • Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
  • Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
  • Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

Tremolo

http://wss.co.uk/pinknoise/tremolo

Copyright (C) 2002-2009 Xiph.org Foundation Changes Copyright (C) 2009-2010 Robin Watts for Pinknoise Productions Ltd

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

  • Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
  • Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
  • Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

230

DENON AVR-X3000 - Tremolo - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - Tremolo - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - Tremolo - 3

Contents

TipsSettingsPI

Appendix

Tremor

http://wiki.xiph.org/index.php/Tremor

Copyright (c) 2002, Xiph.org Foundation

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

  • Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
  • Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
  • Neither the name of the Xiph.org Foundation nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

□ Mersenne Twister

http://www.math.sci.hiroshima-u.ac.jp/\~m-mat/MT/MT2002/CODES/mt19937ar.c

Copyright (C) 1997 - 2002, Makoto Matsumoto and Takuji Nishimura, All rights reserved.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

  1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.

  2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.

  3. The names of its contributors may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

231

DENON AVR-X3000 - □ Mersenne Twister - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - □ Mersenne Twister - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - □ Mersenne Twister - 3

Contents

TipsSettingsPI

Appendix

□ zlib

http://www.zlib.net/

zlib.h -- interface of the 'zlib' general purpose compression library version 1.2.3, July 18th, 2005

Copyright (C) 1995-2004 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler

This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:

  1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
  2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
  3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.

Jean-loup Gailly jloup@gzip.org, Mark Adler madler@alumni.caltech.edu

□ cURL

http://curl.haxx.se

COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION NOTICE

Copyright (c) 1996 - 2011, Daniel Stenberg, daniel@haxx.se.

All rights reserved.

Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

Except as contained in this notice, the name of a copyright holder shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization of the copyright holder.

□ c-ares

http://c-ares.haxx.se

Copyright 1998 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission. M.I.T. makes no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

232

DENON AVR-X3000 - □ c-ares - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - □ c-ares - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - □ c-ares - 3

Contents

TipsSettingsPl

Appendix

■ License Information for the Software Used in the Unit

About GPL (GNU-General Public License), LGPL (GNU Lesser General Public License) License

This product uses GPL/LGPL software and software made by other companies.

After you purchase this product, you may procure, modify or distribute the source code of the GPL/LGPL software that is used in the product.

Denon provides the source code based on the GPL and LPGL licenses at the actual cost upon your request to our customer service center. However, note that we make no guarantees concerning the source code. Please also understand that we do not offer support for the contents of the source code.

Front panel Dis

Rear panel Index

te

233

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ License Information for the Software Used in the Unit - 1

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ License Information for the Software Used in the Unit - 2

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ License Information for the Software Used in the Unit - 3

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ License Information for the Software Used in the Unit - 4

flowchart
graph LR
    A["Contents"] --> B["TipsSettingsPlayback"]
    B --> C["Appendixons"]

■ Dimensions
Unit : in. (mm)

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ License Information for the Software Used in the Unit - 5

text_image 55/64 (22.0) 13 21/64 (338.5) 14 59/64 (379.0) 47/64 (18.5) 17.3/32 (434.0)

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ License Information for the Software Used in the Unit - 6

text_image 1 27/32 (47.0) 9 21/64 (236.8) 2 5/32 (54.7)

DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ License Information for the Software Used in the Unit - 7

text_image 17 3/32 (434.0) 6 37/64 (167.0) 1 27/32 (47.0) 13 25/64 (340.0) 2 23/64 (60.0) 1 27/32 (47.0) 19/32 (15.0)

■ Weight : 23 lbs 9 oz (10.7 kg)
DENON AVR-X3000 - ■ License Information for the Software Used in the Unit - 8

text_image Front panel Dis Rear panel IndexF 234

DENON

www.denon.com

D&M Holdings Inc.

3520 10219 00AD

Table of contents Click a title to access it
Manual assistant
Powered by Anthropic
Waiting for your message
Product information

Brand : DENON

Model : AVR-X3000

Category : Receiver